0% found this document useful (0 votes)

338 views402 pages

Ingenuity CT/Core/Core: System Installation Instructions

This document provides installation instructions for the Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 system, emphasizing safety, legal information, and proprietary content restrictions. It includes warnings about radiation, electrical hazards, and the necessity of following safety guidelines during installation and service. The document also outlines the revision history and the organization of the manual's contents.

Uploaded by

Ehab Idries

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

338 views402 pages

Ingenuity CT/Core/Core: System Installation Instructions

Uploaded by

Ehab Idries

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 402

Ingenuity CT/Core/Core 128

System Installation Instructions

CSIP Level 0

459801325411
Revision S

This document and the information contained in it is proprietary and confidential information of Philips and may not be reproduced, copied in
whole or in part, adapted, modified, disclosed to others, or disseminated without the prior written permission of the Philips Legal Department. Use
of this document and the information contained in it is strictly reserved for current Philips personnel and Philips customers who have a current and
valid license from Philips for use by the customer's designated in-house service employee on equipment located at the customer's designated
site. Use of this document by unauthorized persons is strictly prohibited. Report violation of these requirements to the Philips Legal Department.
This document must be returned to Philips when the user is no longer licensed and in any event upon Philips' first written request.
This document or digital media and the information contained in it is proprietary and confidential information of Philips and may not be reproduced,
copied in whole or in part, adapted, modified, disclosed to others, or disseminated without the prior written permission of the Philips Legal
Department. This document or digital media is intended to be (a.) used by customers and is licensed to them as part of their Philips equipment
purchase or (b.) used to meet regulatory commitments as required by the FDA under 21 CFR 1020.30 (and any amendments to it) and other local
regulatory requirements. Use of this document or digital media by unauthorized persons is strictly prohibited.

© 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved. CSIP Level 0

Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions

Safety and Legal Information

To the User of This Manual
The user of this manual is directed to read and carefully review the instructions, warnings and cautions contained herein
prior to beginning installation or service activities. While you may have previously installed or serviced equipment similar
to that described in this manual, changes in design, manufacture or procedure may have occurred which significantly
affect the present installation or service.

Warranty Disclaimer
Philips provides this document without warranty of any kind, implied or expressed, including, but not limited to, the
implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.

Limitation of Liability
Philips has taken care to ensure the accuracy of this document. However, Philips assumes no liability for errors or
omissions and reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein to improve reliability,
function, or design. Philips may make improvements or changes in the product(s) or program(s) described in this
document at any time.

Password Notice
The PASSWORD is the property of Philips Healthcare and is provided for the exclusive purpose of providing access to
selected service utilities which are described in this service manual as being associated with the password. Use of this
password for any purpose other than for the access to the selected services utilities is strictly prohibited.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 2

Safety

WARNING: In addition to the warnings listed below, follow all safety guidelines as described in the
Safety Manual. Failure to do so can result in severe personal injury.

Installation and Environment

Except for installations requiring certification by the manufacturer, see that a radiation protection survey is made by a qualified expert
in accordance with NCRP 102, section 7, as revised. Perform a survey after every change in equipment, workload, or operating
conditions which might significantly increase the probability of persons receiving more than the maximum permissible dose
equivalent.

Diagnostic Imaging Systems - Mechanical-electrical Warning

WARNING: Before initiating a movement of the patient table or gantry, make sure that the area is free
of obstructions such as tools, boxes, chairs, and step stools. Physical injury or damage can
occur.
All of the moveable assemblies and parts of this equipment should be operated with care and routinely inspected in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations contained in the equipment manuals.

Only properly trained and qualified personnel should be permitted access to any internal parts. Live electrical terminals are deadly; be
sure line disconnects are opened and other appropriate precautions are taken before opening access doors, removing enclosure
panels, or attaching accessories.

Prior to any service and maintenance activities inside components:

• Switch off the system at the main power supply, and the uninterruptible power supply (UPS).
• Use lockout/tagout (LOTO) procedures to safeguard against the release of hazardous energy during installation,
maintenance or service work on the system.
• Always use an ESD protection wrist strap when servicing any component in the system.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 3

Electrical-grounding Instructions
The equipment must be grounded to an earth ground by a separate conductor. The neutral side of the line is not to be considered the
earth ground. On equipment provided with a line cord, the equipment must be connected to a properly grounded, three-pin
receptacle. Do not use a three-to-two pin adapter.

Diagnostic Imaging Systems - Radiation Warning

X-ray and Gamma-rays are dangerous to both operator and others in the vicinity unless established safe exposure procedures are
strictly observed.

Gamma radiation presents exposure risk to the operator and others in the vicinity of a radioactive source. Radiopharmaceutical-filled
phantoms present the greatest risk, while sealed sources present lesser risk. Exposure mitigation procedures described in the GSS NA
radiation safety documents can reduce this risk. Operators should use a combination of time, distance, and shielding techniques to
reduce the exposure to themselves and others from sealed sources and injected phantoms. Philips employees are obligated to comply
with the conditions in Philips GSS NA’s Radioactive Materials License, out of state license reciprocity agreements, and the customers’
radioactive materials licenses.

The useful and scattered beams can produce serious or fatal bodily injuries to any persons in the surrounding area if used by an
unskilled operator. Adequate precautions must always be taken to avoid exposure to the useful beam, as well as to leakage radiation
from within the source housing or to scattered radiation resulting from the passage of radiation through matter.

Those authorized to operate, participate in or supervise the operation of the equipment must be thoroughly familiar and comply
completely with the current established safe exposure factors and procedures described in publications, such as: Subchapter J of Title
21 of the Code of Federal Regulations, “Diagnostic X-ray Systems and Their Major Components”, and the national council on
radiation protection (NCRP) no. 102, “Medical X-ray And Gamma-ray Protection For Energies Up To 10 Mev-equipment Design and
Use”.

Those responsible for planning of x-ray and gamma-ray equipment installations must be thoroughly familiar and comply completely
with NCRP no. 49, “Structural Shielding Design and Evaluation for Medical of X-rays and Gamma-rays of Energies Up to 10 Mev”.
Failure to observe these warnings may cause serious or fatal bodily injuries to the operator or those in the area.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 4

Symbol Descriptions

Warning symbol Radiation warning symbol

Laser warning symbol Biohazard warning symbol

Magnetism warning symbol Projectile warning symbol

Electrical warning symbol Do not touch

Recycle Label
Dispose of in accordance with your country’s
requirements. This label indicates that there is
Crush warning symbol material in the system that you must separately
collect and recycle in accordance with the
requirements of the European Waste Electrical
Equipment (WEEE) Directive.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 5

Revision History

ECO Revision Date Description

A December 2017 Initial Release

B April 11, 2018 PDU Update

• Added Connect the USB A/M to B/M cable on page 133

• Added Connect the Extender DC Power Cable on page 134
December 12, • Added Connect the CAT-5 Net Cable on page 135
C
2018 • Improved the wording at Step d on page 172
• Updated the title of Figure 5-49 on page 173
• Added Step 4 Connect the USB A/M to B/M Cable on page 173

• Updated the Warning - Hazardous Voltage label as shown in Figure C-2

on page 330
E-098931 D March 2019
• Added Section Scan Control Box Labels on page 354
• Added Section ETL Label (for Canada Only) on page 356

• Deleted the email address for feedback, and replaced with seeking next
level support
E-113091 E April 2019
• Updated Figure C-4 on page 336, Figure C-5 on page 337, and Figure C-18
on page 351

E-114919 F June 2019 • Add a note of choosing the couch type in section Select Couch Type

• Updated Figure C-4 on page 336, Figure C-5 on page 337, Figure C-18 on
page 351 and Figure C-19 on page 352
E-117871 G August 2019
• Removed Figure C-6 in the previous revision
• Updated Table C-1 on page 348

• Added CRC Rack for HP Z4/Z8 (Gen 5.3) Installation on page 138
• Added The (Gen 5.3) HP Z4/Z8 CRC Rack on page 139
• Extended the scope of IMR Console (Two components Host and CIRS
Racks) on page 147 so that it applies to Gen 5.3
E-116759 H September 2019
• Added HP Z4 Connections to the CRC Rack on page 154
• Added Z8 Server Connections to the CRC Rack on page 160
• Updated Section Set the Date and Time Properties on page 296 to add
instructions for systems running windows 10.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 6

ECO Revision Date Description

• Removed the original section 11.4 in Rev H

E-121921 I December 2019 • Updated License Key and Final Tests on page 307
• Updated the tag ID for image label in Table B-2 on page 326

• Updated the doc title

• Added Note: on page 22 for the additional service material biocide
• Updated Table 1-3 on page 22 to add biocide
E-122812 J February 2020
• Updated Connect the USB A/M to B/M cable on page 133 to add
instructions to install the 30m USB cable
• Updated Table 5-7 and Table 5-10

• Administrative change to add PA template Section System Installation

E-125898 K April 2020
Manual Activity Record on page 402

• Updated Note: on page 22 to add the new blue system phantom

E-127167 L June 2020
• Added Figure 1-1 on page 23 and Figure 1-2 on page 23

E-125429 M July 2020 • Added Checking TEAL/PDU Cable Connection on page 218

E-128140 N August 2020 • Added Remote Service and System Configuration Settings on page 312

• Administrative change to update the activity record to add column of soft/

E-130803 O November 2020
hard

E-131729 P January 2021 • Added Programming Couch CPM on page 288

CN365281 Q November 2021 Added Options for System Installation on page 321

• Modified the activity record excel doc in System Installation Manual

Activity Record on page 402 to include site preparations chapter
CN648941 R August 2023
• Updated the way to access the activity record on InCenter in System
Installation Manual Activity Record on page 402

• Updated the instruction for connection of SDB (Signal Distribution Board)

CN704674 S December 2023
for Australia.

This document was prepared by CT/AMI Service Innovations.

For any additions, corrections, or suggestions, contact your next level of support.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 7

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Contents
Section 1 Introduction: .................................................................................... 18
1.1 How this Manual is Organized......................................................................................18
1.2 Safety......................................................................................................................19
1.2.1 General Safety Precautions................................................................................19
1.3 Implementation Order and Time Table .........................................................................20
1.4 Required Tools for Installation.....................................................................................21
1.5 Definitions and Abbreviations ......................................................................................24
1.5.1 CT Terms ........................................................................................................24
1.5.2 CT Sub-assemblies ...........................................................................................25
1.5.3 General Terms .................................................................................................26

Section 2 Mylar Templates and Anchors Orientation: ......................................... 27

2.1 Site Preparation Requirements ....................................................................................28
2.1.1 Recommended Tools ........................................................................................28
2.2 Orient the Mylar Template and Anchors ........................................................................29
2.3 Create Pilot Holes in Templates ...................................................................................32
2.4 Drill Out the Pilot Holes ..............................................................................................33
2.4.1 Drill Out Gantry Anchor Holes ............................................................................34
2.4.2 Drilling Out Patient Support Anchoring Stud Holes ................................................35
2.5 Install Anchors for the Gantry and Patient Support.........................................................35

Section 3 Unpack and Transport the System: ..................................................... 36

3.1 Packing List ..............................................................................................................38
3.2 Unpack the Gantry ....................................................................................................40
3.2.1 Delivery Method Instructions .............................................................................40

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 8

3.2.2 Transport Specifications ....................................................................................41

3.2.3 Unpack the Gantry ...........................................................................................42
3.2.4 Remove Shipping Shockwatch Indicator ..............................................................43
3.2.5 Remove the Gantry from the Pallet.....................................................................44
3.3 Transport the Gantry .................................................................................................48
3.3.1 Prepare the Gantry for Transport........................................................................48
3.3.2 Transport the Gantry ........................................................................................52
3.3.3 Recommended Method of Transporting the Gantry................................................55
3.3.4 Transport the Gantry ........................................................................................56
3.4 Remove Gantry Covers ..............................................................................................60
3.4.1 Remove the Gantry Upper Top Column Covers .....................................................60
3.4.2 Remove the Top Side Covers .............................................................................61
3.4.3 Remove the Gantry Lower Column Covers ...........................................................63
3.4.4 Remove the Gantry Rear Covers ........................................................................65
3.4.5 Remove the Gantry Front Cover .........................................................................66
3.4.6 Disconnect the Cables.......................................................................................68
3.5 Install the Front Cover ...............................................................................................73
3.6 Unpack The Patient Support........................................................................................74
3.6.1 Extended Table................................................................................................74
3.6.2 Unpack the Patient Support ...............................................................................74
3.7 Unpack the CRC/IMR Racks ........................................................................................77
3.8 Unpack the Host Computer .........................................................................................81
3.9 Unpack the Server.....................................................................................................82
3.10 Unpacking the Power Distribution Unit (ECT PDU) ........................................................83
3.11 Unpack the TEAL (PDU) ............................................................................................90
3.11.1 Unpack and transport the TEAL (PDU) as follows: ...............................................91
3.12 Unpack and Assemble the Common Console Table (Option) ...........................................92

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 9

3.12.1 Kit Components .............................................................................................92

3.12.2 Unpack the Console Table................................................................................93
3.12.3 Assemble the Common Console Table Legs ........................................................96
3.12.4 Secure the Cable Duct to the Console Table Legs ................................................99
3.12.5 Unpack Monitors, Keyboard and Mouse ........................................................... 101
3.12.6 Unpack and connect the Scan Control Box ....................................................... 101
3.12.7 Connect the Console Table Harness ................................................................ 102
3.12.8 Connect the Keyboard and Monitors ................................................................ 104

Section 4 Position the System Components: ..................................................... 107

4.1 Position the Gantry .................................................................................................. 107
4.2 Position the Patient Support...................................................................................... 113
4.3 Equipment Isolation ................................................................................................. 114

Section 5 Installing the System: ...................................................................... 116

5.1 Cable Connection Overview....................................................................................... 116
5.2 Install the Power Distributor (Power Supply Devices and/or Power Protector)................... 117
5.2.1 Information Regarding Power Conditioners (UPS) ............................................... 118
5.2.2 Connect Power to System: Overview ................................................................ 119
5.3 Install the Gantry .................................................................................................... 120
5.3.1 Route the System Cables ................................................................................ 120
5.3.2 Route the External System Cables .................................................................... 122
5.3.3 Connect the Gantry ........................................................................................ 122
5.4 CRC/IMR Rack Installation ........................................................................................ 136
5.4.1 Anchor the CRC Rack...................................................................................... 136
5.4.2 CRC/IMR Rack Installation............................................................................... 138
5.5 Connect the Operator Console................................................................................... 152
5.5.1 CRC Rack Connections Layout.......................................................................... 153

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 10

5.6 Install CRC Rack...................................................................................................... 154

5.6.1 HP Z4 Connections to the CRC Rack.................................................................. 154
5.6.2 HP Z440 Connections to the CRC Rack .............................................................. 156
5.6.3 Dell T3600 Connections to the CRC Rack ........................................................... 158
5.6.4 Z8 Server Connections to the CRC Rack ............................................................ 160
5.6.5 Z840 Server Connections to the CRC Rack......................................................... 161
5.6.6 T7600 Server Connections to the CRC Rack ....................................................... 162
5.6.7 CRC Rack Power Connections........................................................................... 163
5.6.8 Route the Harness and Other Cables to the CRC Rack ......................................... 164
5.6.9 Connect the Connection Bracket....................................................................... 165
5.6.10 Connect the I/O Panel ................................................................................... 166
5.6.11 Fiber optic I/O Panel Cable Connections........................................................... 168
5.6.12 Connect the SDB (Signal Distribution Board) .................................................... 168
5.7 Install the IMR Racks ............................................................................................... 171
5.7.1 Position and Connect the IMR Racks ................................................................. 171
5.7.2 IMR HOST Rack I/O Panel Connection ............................................................... 174
5.7.3 IMR HOST Rack Signal Distribution Board (SDB) Connections ............................... 175
5.7.4 IMR HOST Rack Power Connections .................................................................. 177
5.7.5 Connect power and ground cables for the IMR CIRS Rack .................................... 179
5.7.6 IMR CRC/CIRS Rack Power Connections ............................................................ 184
5.7.7 IMR CRC/CIRS Rack Connections...................................................................... 185
5.8 Install and Connect the Power Distribution Unit (for Pegasus CT PDU)............................. 188
5.8.1 Remove the ECT PDU Covers ........................................................................... 189
5.8.2 Connect the Cables to the ECT PDU .................................................................. 191
5.8.3 Set the ECT PDU Current Sensitivity ................................................................. 194
5.8.4 Close the ECT PDU Covers............................................................................... 195
5.9 Install and Connect the Power Distribution Unit (for CT 115KVA PDU PLUS) ..................... 196
5.9.1 Remove the ECT PDU Covers ........................................................................... 197
5.9.2 Connect the Cables to the ECT PDU .................................................................. 200
5.9.3 Set the ECT PDU Current Sensitivity ................................................................. 203

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 11

5.9.4 Close the ECT PDU Covers............................................................................... 204

5.10 Anti-static Discharge (ESD) Protection Instructions..................................................... 205
5.11 Attach the Stability Bracket..................................................................................... 207
5.12 Install the UPS (Option).......................................................................................... 209
5.12.1 Vertical Positioning of the UPS........................................................................ 211
5.12.2 Connect power to the UPS ............................................................................. 211

Section 6 Pre-start-up Procedures: .................................................................. 212

6.1 Rotor Shipping Brace Removal .................................................................................. 213
6.2 Check The Rotating Frame........................................................................................ 217
6.3 Checking TEAL/PDU Cable Connection ........................................................................ 218
6.3.1 TEAL 100kVA ISOTRAN LM .............................................................................. 219
6.3.2 TEAL 100kVA ISOTRAN PLUS ........................................................................... 219
6.3.3 Pegasus CT PDU ............................................................................................ 220
6.3.4 115kVA PDU PLUS.......................................................................................... 221
6.4 Verify TEAL (PDU) Output Power Voltage .................................................................... 222

Section 7 Install the Patient Support: .............................................................. 224

7.1 Connect the Patient Support Power Cables .................................................................. 224
7.2 Connect the Patient Support ..................................................................................... 235
7.2.1 Connecting the GND ....................................................................................... 235
7.2.2 Connect Cables .............................................................................................. 238
7.3 Level the Patient Support ......................................................................................... 240
7.4 Extended Couch Scan Line Label Installation ............................................................... 244
7.5 Standard Couch Scan Line Label Installation ............................................................... 245

Section 8 Final Gantry Leveling: ...................................................................... 247

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 12

8.1 Level the Gantry.................................................................................................... 247

8.1.1 Gantry Left Column ........................................................................................ 248
8.1.2 Gantry Right Column ...................................................................................... 248
8.1.3 Add Shims .................................................................................................... 249
8.1.4 Metal U-Shape Shims ..................................................................................... 251
8.2 Set Gantry Columns to True Vertical Position (Plumb)................................................... 251
8.3 Plumb Gap Measurements of Right and Left Column ..................................................... 252
8.4 Plumb the Left and Right Column............................................................................... 254
8.4.1 Re-measure the Right and Left Column ............................................................. 256
8.4.2 Final Step ..................................................................................................... 256
8.5 Gantry Level Verification .......................................................................................... 256

Section 9 Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring: ............................................. 260

9.1 Check the Rotating FRAME........................................................................................ 260
9.2 System Power Up .................................................................................................... 261
9.3 Select Couch Type ................................................................................................... 263
9.4 Anchor the Gantry ................................................................................................... 266
9.5 Remove the Transport Device ................................................................................... 269
9.6 Patient Support Centering and Final Anchoring ............................................................ 270
9.6.1 Foot Switch Grounding and Cover Installation .................................................... 271
9.6.2 Rear Foot Switch Installation ........................................................................... 277

Section 10 System Check: ................................................................................ 278

10.1 Protective Earth (GROUND) System Measurements .................................................... 278
10.1.1 SETUP: ....................................................................................................... 279
10.1.2 Test ........................................................................................................... 279
10.2 Programming Couch CPM........................................................................................ 288

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 13

Section 11 First Time System Operation: .......................................................... 289

11.1 Close Duct Covers.................................................................................................. 289
11.2 Close System Covers.............................................................................................. 289
11.2.1 Gantry Lower Column Covers ......................................................................... 289
11.2.2 Gantry Upper Column Covers ......................................................................... 291
11.2.3 Gantry Rear Cover........................................................................................ 293
11.2.4 Attach the Gantry Rear Control Panel Connectors.............................................. 295
11.2.5 Gantry Front Cover....................................................................................... 296
11.3 Final Checks ......................................................................................................... 297
11.3.1 Check the Emergency Power Off Buttons ......................................................... 298
11.3.2 Check Emergency Stop Buttons...................................................................... 298
11.3.3 Check the Door Contact Switch ...................................................................... 298
11.3.4 Check Fans in the Gantry .............................................................................. 299
11.3.5 Check Patient Support Movement ................................................................... 299
11.3.6 Check Movement from the Gantry Panel .......................................................... 299
11.3.7 Check Movement from the Scan Control Unit.................................................... 300
11.3.8 Laser Marker Alignment Verification ................................................................ 301
11.3.9 Long Tube Conditioning ................................................................................. 301
11.3.10 Patient Support Covers................................................................................ 302
11.4 Enable the CT Box to Record Voice Messages............................................................. 303

Section 12 Network Installation and Configuration: .......................................... 305

12.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 305
12.2 Instruction............................................................................................................ 306

Section 13 License Key and Final Tests: ........................................................... 307

13.1 Install the License Key ........................................................................................... 307
13.2 Final Tests ............................................................................................................ 311

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 14

13.3 Customer Information ............................................................................................ 311

Section 14 Remote Service and System Configuration Settings: ......................... 312

14.1 Remote Service Configuration Settings ..................................................................... 312
14.2 Disk Encryption and Decryption settings (only for Z4 Host).......................................... 312
14.2.1 Instructions to Enable TPM and Encryption for HP Z4 in BIOS ............................. 312
14.3 SSDE Disable for China Market ................................................................................ 315

Section 15 Adjustments and Acceptance Tests: ................................................ 318

15.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 318
15.2 New Site Installation Calibration Tests ...................................................................... 318
15.3 System Files Backup .............................................................................................. 319

Section 16 Options for System Installation: ..................................................... 321

Appendix A Power the System Up/Down: ......................................................... 322

A.1 Gantry Power Down (Except for the Host and CIRS) ..................................................... 322
A.2 System Power Up .................................................................................................... 324
A.2.1 Gantry Power Up............................................................................................ 324

Appendix B O-Mar Image Labeling and other System Options: ........................... 325
B.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 325
B.2 O-MAR Image Labeling............................................................................................. 326

Appendix C System Labels: .............................................................................. 328

C.1 Gantry ................................................................................................................... 328
C.2 Laser Warning Labels............................................................................................... 335

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 15

C.3 Patient Support Labels ............................................................................................. 338

C.4 CIRS or IMR Rack Labels .......................................................................................... 342
C.5 Host Rack Labels..................................................................................................... 345
C.6 Regulatory/Safety Label Placement............................................................................ 347
C.6.1 Patient Support Warning Hazardous Voltage Label ............................................. 349
C.6.2 Gantry Rear Cover Labels................................................................................ 351
C.6.3 Laser Aperture Label ...................................................................................... 352
C.6.4 HOST Labels ................................................................................................. 353
C.7 Scan Control Box Labels........................................................................................... 354
C.8 ETL Label (for Canada Only) ..................................................................................... 356
C.9 CIRS or IMR Labels.................................................................................................. 357

Appendix D Gantry Cover Adjustments: ............................................................ 358

D.1 Gantry Front Cover Adjustment................................................................................. 358
D.1.1 Tilt/Locking................................................................................................... 359
D.1.2 Side to Side .................................................................................................. 359
D.1.3 Up/Down ...................................................................................................... 360
D.1.4 In/Out.......................................................................................................... 360
D.2 Lower Front Cover (Doghouse) Adjustment................................................................. 361
D.3 Top Cover Adjustment ............................................................................................. 362
D.3.1 Towards the Front/Rear of the Gantry .............................................................. 363
D.4 Upper Side Cover Adjustments.................................................................................. 364
D.5 Lower Side Cover Adjustments.................................................................................. 366
D.5.1 Vertical Adjustment ....................................................................................... 366
D.5.2 In/Out Adjustment ........................................................................................ 366
D.6 Rear Cover Adjustment ............................................................................................ 369

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 16

D.7 Front and Rear Base Plate Covers.............................................................................. 371

D.8 Final Steps ............................................................................................................. 372

Appendix E LIFTING ASSEMBLY: ...................................................................... 373

E.1 Construct the Lifting Assembly .................................................................................. 373
E.2 Lifting (Gantry) Assembly Parts (#459800091291) ...................................................... 389

Appendix F Patient Support Subframe Quick Release: ....................................... 390

F.1 Releasing Patient Support Subframe Quick Release ...................................................... 390
F.2 Engage Patient Support Subframe Quick Release ......................................................... 391
F.3 Test Patient Support Subframe Quick Release.............................................................. 392

Appendix G General Torque Value Specifications: ............................................. 395

Appendix H Installation Record Document: ...................................................... 397

H.1 Test Equipment....................................................................................................... 397
H.2 Installation Records................................................................................................. 398

Appendix I System Installation Manual Activity Record: ................................... 402

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 17

This manual defines the installation procedures applied to the following Ingenuity CT systems.
• Ingenuity CT with IMR (728326)
• Ingenuity Core 128 (728323)
• Ingenuity Core (728321)

Note: The names Ingenuity CT and Ingenuity Elite may be used interchangeably throughout this document.
Only certified CT Engineers and authorized distributors shall install the Ingenuity CT scanner. FSE and
specialists trained on the Brilliance Power systems will be able to perform a complete system installation.
Prior to the start of the installation, a Service Engineer, together with the Hospital’s facility representative
and local Project Manager are required to inspect the site. Individual site layout and environmental
specifications are reflected in the final site planning drawings. All materials needed for installation are
included with the scanner.

1.1 How this Manual is Organized

This installation manual is organized in the order of procedures necessary to install the Ingenuity CT
Series of systems scanner. This manual is presented in a new format that complies with Philips Medical
Systems service documentation. Its landscape format is intended for easy viewing on the Field Service
Engineer’s computer. In addition to the bookmarks displayed in Acrobat Reader, the user can take
advantage of the Table of Contents in the beginning of the manual. These navigation tools enable the FSE
to find the necessary information quickly.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 18

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Introduction

1.2 Safety

Note: Before you start the installation you must read and understand all guidelines in the System Safety
Instructions manual.

IMPORTANT: Forklift may only be operated by Licensed Lift Truck Operators Only!

1.2.1 General Safety Precautions

This product was designed and manufactured to ensure maximum safety during operation and service. It
should be installed, maintained, and serviced in strict compliance with the safety instructions contained
herein.
1. No changes, additions, or removal of any system accessories are permitted without the prior written
approval of a local service manager.
2. Connect the product to the power mains of the facility according to Cable Connection Overview on
page 116.
3. Before beginning any clinical use, complete all safety checks in this manual.
4. Do not leave problems unsolved that may affect the safety of the product. In case of doubt
concerning the system’s safe operation, call the service manager for further instruction.
5. Do not allow unauthorized personnel access to the system. Only properly trained and fully qualified
personnel are authorized to install and operate this equipment.

Note: Perform a pre-site inspection of the floor before drilling, check for leveling or high spots on the floor.
Gantry anchoring holes must be drilled and cleaned prior to transporting the Gantry into the scanner
room. Refer to the system Planning document, available on the InCenter.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 19

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Introduction

1.3 Implementation Order and Time Table

It is most important to perform the pre-installation and installation tasks in the order provided in this
manual. Table 1-1 provides guidance for charging installation time to the appropriate IN Code for each
major installation activity. The total estimated installation time (not including pre-installation tasks) is
three days.

Table 1-1: Implementation order and time table

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 20

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Introduction

Note: Make sure that the ambient scan room temperature is 20 -24 °C (68 -75 °F). In order to perform
Performance and Calibration, the Gantry must be ON for a minimum of 8 hours to allow system
temperature stabilization. Therefore, switch ON the Gantry after the completed Installation and do not
turn it OFF at the end of the day.

1.4 Required Tools for Installation

IMPORTANT: Use of calibrated tools and test equipment in this installation must be recorded. Properly
document tool and calibration information in Table H-3 on page 400.
The following table lists the tools necessary for installation of this system. A Standard 1/2” Drive Socket
set (6-12PT inch) is also required.

Note: Make sure that Gantry Transport Dollies and Patient Support Dollies are ordered prior to installation.
These items are provided by either the Last Mile Provider or the Local Organization.

Table 1-2: Returnable Gantry/Patient Support Kits

P/N Description Qty

4535 670 06601 Returnable Gantry Casters and Hoist Rings Kit 1

4535 670 06611 Returnable Patient Support Dollies/Hinges 1

Note: If the site installation requires the Gantry to be hoisted or lifted into location, then the Gantry lifting kit
(4598 000 91291) needs to be ordered.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 21

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Introduction

Note: For systems with Harmonized phantoms (Figure 1-1) or New Blue-System Performance Phantom
453567135965 (without low contrast pins) (Figure 1-2), the service material biocide 459801778031 needs to
be ordered. Follow the instructions from the phantom package to put the biocide into phantom water.

Table 1-3: Tool Kit

Requires
P/N Code Description Qty
Calibration

CT Service Tool Kit *make sure that the tool kit includes
4535 662 84931 TC226 a 1/2” ratchet to lower and raise the gantry. (XXX is this 1 No
required)

4522 980 38262 TC129 Tool Kit, standard 1 No

5598 001 67631 TC091 DVM 1 Yes

4522 980 36471 TC030 ESD Protection Service Kit 1 No

4550 189 00141 N/A ESD Lab coat 1 No

4535 675 28581 TC327 Torque wrench kit 1 Yes

4535 675 18181 N/A Cable ties (tie wraps) 1 No

4535 986 13881 TC206 Vacuum cleaner 1 No

4522 500 66201 TC217 Digital level 1 No

N/A N/A Masonry drill 1 No

4522 500 51721 TC261 Dose meter 1 Yes

N/A N/A Gloves 1 No

4535 672 21551 N/A Protective glasses 1 No

4535 675 43401 N/A Laser safety glasses 1 No

4598 017 78031 N/A Biocide 1 No

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 22

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Introduction

Figure 1-1: Harmonized Phantom

Figure 1-2: New Blue System Performance Phantom

Without low contrast pin

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 23

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Introduction

1.5 Definitions and Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used in this chapter:
1.5.1 CT Terms
Table 1-4: CT Terms

APE Additional Protection Earth

ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit

DFS Dynamic Focal Spot

FEE Front End Electronics

FFS Flying Focal Spot

PREP Pre-processed raw data—a step in the reconstruction

ODL Optical Data Link

RAW Header and Data of one scan

Reading The values of all detectors received at the same angular and focal position

Row Detectors Row - the detector assembly is built from "n" rows of detectors where "n" is 64 rows

Sample A single measurement by one detector element during an integration period

Sampling Density A parameter describing the number of fans per rotation

Scan The process of taking measurement data (make_data signal is on)

Slice 672 Detectors along the X axis of the DMS, (with the same Z coordinate)- the DMS has 64 Slices

Subfan time Integration time

Subfan/Reading A set of samples measured in one integration period for one row

View/Frame All the samples measured during one integration period for one row

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 24

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Introduction

1.5.2 CT Sub-assemblies
Table 1-5: CT Sub-assemblies

ACQ Acquisition card, in the CIRS, receives the measurement data (FEE data) from the DMS (RCOM card)

ADM Array Detector Module—assembly of PDA + ADM_Card + AS + Support mechanics + Cable

ADMC Array Detector Module Card—Brilliance CT PCB with 8 ASICs and electronic components (excluding PDA)

AS Anti-Scatter collimator

DAS Data Acquisition System (Detectors, ADMC boards and RCOM board)

DMB (MB) DMS motherboard—consisting of the LMB (Left) and RMB (Right)

DMS Data Measurement System

DOM Dose Modulation Unit - controls the current (mA) to the X-ray tube according to anatomy shape

Host The Host computer

CIRS Common Image Reconstruction System—receives the FEE data and reconstructs it to image

LMB Left DMS motherboard

RMB Right DMS motherboard

PDA Photodiode Array (silicon segmented array + MUX + Ceramics + Connector)

RCOM Communication and Control card in the DMS

Ref_Conv Reference Converter, a unit that converts the reference detector analog readings into digital

TCC Temperature Control circuitry

UHR Ultra-High Resolution Collimator

XRS X-Ray System

XRT X-Ray Tube

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 25

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Introduction

1.5.3 General Terms

Table 1-6: General Terms

FDA U.S.A. Food and Drug Administration

CDRH Center of Devices and Radiological Health

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 26

This section describes how to mark and drill the holes for the Gantry and the Patient Support Anchoring
Studs, using the floor drilling template.
Figure 2-1 shows the Mylar drilling template pieces diagram.

Figure 2-1: Example image of mylar drilling template arrangement

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 27

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Mylar Templates and Anchors Orientation

2.1 Site Preparation Requirements

Note: Refer to the site planning drawings for additional information.

2.1.1 Recommended Tools

Table 2-1: Recommended Tools for drilling and anchoring the Gantry/PT anchoring studs

Description Description

Vacuum cleaner 6-foot Bubble Level

Hammer Drill Hammer

Masking Tape

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 28

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Mylar Templates and Anchors Orientation

2.2 Orient the Mylar Template and Anchors

1. Make sure floor area is clean before placing the Gantry and Patient Support templates on the floor
surface.
2. Position the Drilling Templates as shown in Figure 2-2 in the locations determined by the Site
Planning document.

Note: Make sure to check and enable proper space for the Templates to be placed from the back wall area.

Figure 2-2: Drilling templates are squared

3. Use the Drilling Templates alignment guides to align the two templates.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 29

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Mylar Templates and Anchors Orientation

Figure 2-3: Example image of drilling templates alignment marks

Marks on Patient Support template

Marks on Gantry template

Drilling Templates Aligned

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 30

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Mylar Templates and Anchors Orientation

4. Once the templates are placed and are square to each other, tape down the Drilling Templates using
masking tape. Make sure that areas where drilling will occur are taped down securely to keep the
template in place while drilling (Figure 2-4).

Figure 2-4: Tape placed along the hole locations

5. Taping of the templates must begin in the center of the Gantry template and radiate outward along
the edges.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 31

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Mylar Templates and Anchors Orientation

Note: Make sure that the Drilling templates stay flat while you apply the tape. Apply the tape symmetrically.

2.3 Create Pilot Holes in Templates

!
CAUTION: Use caution when drilling into the concrete. The drill bit may hit rebar causing the bit to bind.
This may result in loss of control of the drill and personal injury.
1. While using the template mark the center of the hole on the floor prior to using center punch.
2. Use the provided center punch to transfer the holes from the template to the floor. This will create a
guide indentation in the floor to aid in drilling (Figure 2-5).
3. There must be 13 holes in total, 8 for the Gantry and 5 for the Patient Support.

Figure 2-5: Contents of Installation Kit

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 32

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Mylar Templates and Anchors Orientation

2.4 Drill Out the Pilot Holes

!
CAUTION: Use caution when drilling into the concrete. The drill bit may hit rebar causing the bit to bind.
This may result in loss of control of the drill and personal injury.
1. To prepare for drilling out the pilot holes, place the ¼" drill bit into the hammer drill. This is the
smallest of the masonry drill bits that are provided in the kit as shown in Figure 2-5.
2. Place masking tape around the ¼" drill bit ¼" up from the tip of the drill bit as shown in Figure 2-6.
Proceed to drill into the floor to a depth of approximately ¼" using the small holes in the template as
a guide.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 33

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Mylar Templates and Anchors Orientation

Note: Make sure the drill is plumb from the side and the front views.
a. When the bottom of the layer of tape reaches the floor you have created a hole with a depth of ¼".

Note: Vacuum during and after drilling operation to remove the dust generated.

Figure 2-6: 1/4” Bit Drills pilot holes in the template. Vacuum during and after drilling

2.4.1 Drill Out Gantry Anchor Holes

1. After all 13 pilot holes have been drilled using the ¼" bit; drill the holes for the eight Anchors of the
gantry. This will require the " drill bit.
2. For the Gantry anchors, each hole is to penetrate the floor to a depth of 2.00" (5.08 cm). Place a piece of
scotch tape around the drill bit 2.00" ± ¼”or (5.08 cm ± 7mm) up from the tip of the bit.
3. Center the drill fixture above the hole and vacuum the debris as you are drilling.
a. When the bottom of the tape reaches the top of the drill fixture, the hole is the correct depth.
4. Use a screwdriver to scrape clean the inner walls of the hole so that the hole shaft is smooth.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 34

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Mylar Templates and Anchors Orientation

5. Push the screwdriver all the way down in the hole and put your finger on the shaft of the driver at the
top of the hole. Use a ruler to measure the distance which needs to be close to 2.0" + ¼” or (5.08 cm
+6.35 mm).

2.4.2 Drilling Out Patient Support Anchoring Stud Holes

1. The holes for the Patient Support Anchoring Studs are 5/8" in diameter and will use the 5/8" masonry
bit provided in the kit. Drill these holes to a depth of 2.0" +¼” or (5.08 cm + 6.35mm). Vacuum debris
while drilling.
2. Each hole is to penetrate the floor to a depth of 2.0" (5.08 cm). Place a piece of electrical tape around
the drill bit 2.00" ± ¼”or (5.08 cm ± 6.35mm) up from the tip of the bit.
a. When the bottom of the tape reaches the top of the drill fixture, the hole is the correct depth.
3. To confirm hole depth of 2.0" +¼” or (2.08 cm + 6.35mm); use the same techniques with the
screwdriver as described in Step 5 on page 35 of the previous procedure.
4. Note that cleanup must proceed as done with the Gantry Anchoring Stud holes.

2.5 Install Anchors for the Gantry and Patient

Support
1. Pound the Gantry Anchors into the holes in the floor until flush with the surface of the concrete.
2. Expand the anchor with the setting tool provided. The anchor is properly expanded when the
shoulder of the setting tool is flush with the top of the anchor.
3. Install shims at anchor locations and level the floor to ensure couch and gantry are at the same plane.
4. Once all bolt holes are level, tape shims together and mark the bolt location on the shims.
5. Reinstall the shims at their original position once the gantry and patient support are in position.
6. Use a DMM to check the isolation of each anchor to the hospital ground.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 35

Careful unpacking and transporting of the system units will help to prevent damage to the equipment
and make installation easier.
This chapter provides instructions to unpack and transport the following units, in the order listed:
• Unpack the Gantry on page 40.
• Unpack The Patient Support on page 74.
• Unpack the CRC/IMR Racks on page 77.
• Unpack the TEAL (PDU) on page 90.
• Unpack Monitors, Keyboard and Mouse on page 101.

If damage is noted at the point of receipt or during installation, file the necessary claim(s) per your local
processes and provide any information regarding the damage/pictures to file a claim.

Note: While moving the Gantry, push only on the metal parts. Pushing or pulling the glass re-inforced
epoxy covers will damage the doors and hinges.
Left and right references are from the point of view of a person standing at the end of the Patient Support,
facing the Gantry.
Refer to Figure 3-1 on page 37.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 36

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

IMPORTANT: Read all safety information very carefully. This knowledge could save lives.

Figure 3-1: Left and Right References

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 37

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.1 Packing List

Note: Make sure that all required items (against the order) arrived to site and they all are correct.

Table 3-1 on page 38 lists the shipping cases that are included in a delivery of the Ingenuity CT system.

Table 3-1: Component Weights and Sizes

Dimensions (W x D x H in mm) Weight in kg

Component Dimensions (W x D x H in inches) Weight in lb

Net Gross Net Gross

2376 x 941 x 2005 2718 x 1219 x 2426 1950 2752

Installed Gantry
93.5 x 37 x 79 107 x 48 x 95.5 4300 6068

Patient Support (net dimensions are 5653 x 685 x 1067 3215 x 1074 x 818 400 587
with Patient Support extended) 222 x 27 x 42 127 x 42.3 x 32.2 880 1294

Console Table (net dimensions 1200 x 905 x 1176 1270 x 965 x 813 70
includes monitor and access.) 47.2 x 35.5 x 46.3 50 x 38 x 32 193 -

553 x 520 x 673 274

TEAL LM
21.7 x 20.5 x 26.5 603

551 x 521 x 1131 316

TEAL Plus
21.7 x 20.5 x 44.5 697

600 x 800 x 900 373

ECT LM
24 x 32 x 35 822

763 x 763 x 1270 400

ECT Plus
30 x 30 x 50 881

Isotran Transformer, TEAL (PDU) 551 x 521 x 1131 316 -

(installed) 21.7 x 20.5 x 44.5 - 697

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 38

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Table 3-1: Component Weights and Sizes

Dimensions (W x D x H in mm) Weight in kg

Component Dimensions (W x D x H in inches) Weight in lb

Net Gross Net Gross

609 x 885 x 762 - 122 -

Installed CRC Cabinet
24 x 35 x 30 269

Packed Misc. Access. Pallet - - - -

660 x 629 x 457 130

Installed Console UPS (Option)
26 x 24.75 x 18 - 286 -

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 39

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.2 Unpack the Gantry

3.2.1 Delivery Method Instructions
Every Gantry will be delivered with two 84.5” (2146 mm) long rectangular steel tubes that are bolted to
the underside of the Gantry. These tubes allow the Gantry to be lifted with a forklift (see below).
• Fork Lift Capacity
• Forklift truck capacity: 10,000 to 12,000 pounds (4536 to 5443 kg)
• Fork lengths: 5 feet (153 cm) minimum
• Inside dimensions of Gantry lifting tubes – 2 ¼” high by 7 ¼” wide (57 by 184 mm)
• Forks must spread 24” (610 mm) apart (center to center) and be a minimum of 60” (1524 mm) long.

The tubes can be removed from the Gantry using the dolly wheels as jacks once the Gantry is elevated
above the floor or ground. However, the tubes must remain attached to the Gantry until delivered to the
customer site and after the system has been removed from the truck.

IMPORTANT: Dolly wheels (P/N 453567006601), the Gantry Lifting Assembly (P/N 453566502051) and,
Gantry Lifting Sling (P/N 453567068581) must be obtained locally from the SSD or Regional
Office. Elongated jacking stands P/N 453567006621 are needed to lift and remove Gantry
from the shipping crate if a forklift is not available. For shipments from factory to overseas,
the CT system will first be transported to a warehouse from Customs. The Gantry may be
uncrated there and then delivered to the customer’s site.

Note: Other methods that involve lifting the Gantry from the top are available as an alternative using lift
assembly.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 40

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

!
WARNING: To prevent damage to the system, transport the system only as described in this chapter.

!
CAUTION: Transport the entire system in its original packaging.

3.2.2 Transport Specifications

During transportation, the environment must meet the following conditions:
Table 3-2: Transport Specifications

Temperature in °F (C) 23 / + 95 (-5 / + 35)

Temperature in °F (C) /hour 18 (10)
Humidity in% (non-condensing) 10/ 90
Do Not unpack until product has acclimated ambient
Gradient °F (C) /hour
temperature at least 24 hrs.
Vibrations / Shock range in Hz 1 – 150
Vibrations / Shock amplitude in mm N/A
Vibrations / Shock acceleration in g 0–2
Shock acceleration in g 0 – 10
Shock pulse duration in msec N/A
Air pressure in kPa (10 mbar) 70 / 110

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 41

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.2.3 Unpack the Gantry

!
CAUTION: Expedite unpacking and immediately deliver the Gantry to a room with a stable temperature
according specifications above. Do not leave the Gantry outdoors for more than an hour!
This section describes how to unpack and transport the Gantry. The primary way to move the Gantry is
on the dollies. If the Gantry must be lifted, refer to Using the Forklift on page 44 or LIFTING ASSEMBLY
on page 373.
The Gantry is supplied with or without a packing crate.
• On those systems that are delivered with a packing crate, it is necessary to remove the Gantry from
the skid. Refer to Remove the Gantry from the Pallet on page 44.

Note: You need an open crescent wrench to open the packing crate.
• For systems delivered without packing, continue to Transport the Gantry on page 52.

Note: Drilling the anchoring holes for the Gantry should have been done before bringing the Gantry into the
room. Refer to the Ingenuity CT System Planning document.

!
WARNING: Crush Hazard. Minimize the clearance between the Gantry base and the floor when
transporting the Gantry. This will prevent excess stress on the jack screws and to reduce the
possibility of tipping the Gantry. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to
service personnel.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 42

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.2.4 Remove Shipping Shockwatch Indicator

1. Record the Shockwatch Indicator window condition and send the result with the System S/N to your
Installation Project Manager.

Note: Possible Indicator conditions include: clear, pink, or red.

2. Remove the Shockwatch Indicator from the Gantry. See Figure 3-2 below.

Figure 3-2: On Main Bearing (Gantry Internal, Right Hand Side)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 43

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.2.5 Remove the Gantry from the Pallet

The Gantry is delivered attached to the shipping Figure 3-3: Release the nuts and screws to
pallet (see Figure 3-3). remove from the skid
There are two methods of removing the Gantry
from the Pallet in order to position it in place:
• By forklift
• By crane

Release the nuts and screws that secure the brackets

to the pallet and pull out the brackets. Tubes for
forklift are now accessible (see Figure 3-4 on
page 46).

Release Screws

Using the Forklift

The Gantry is shipped with long steel “tubes” that are bolted to the bottom of the Gantry frame (see
Figure 3-4 on page 46).
• The forks of the forklift should be carefully inserted into the tubes. The forklift must be of adequate
size, weight and safety rating. This method is primarily for lifting the Gantry off of an elevated surface,
like the back of a truck. If the Gantry is transported in this manner, it should be lowered as far down as
possible without touching the floor.
• After moving, the tubes should be unbolted from the Gantry.
• For US installations, the tubes may be discarded per local regulations. All other installation sites
should return the tubes along with the crating, etc.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 44

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the forklift is rated for the weight and size of the Gantry. Moving the Gantry
in this fashion should be done with the forks at the lowest possible height.
Figure 3-4 shows the long Gantry “tubes” that are attached to the bottom of the Gantry. The forks of the
forklift go inside the tubes.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 45

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-4: Forklift “Tubes” Attached to Gantry for Lifting

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 46

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Using a Crane
In sites where a forklift is not available the Gantry can be lifted with a crane via a bar and chain (see
Figure 3-5).
Refer to LIFTING ASSEMBLY on page 373.

Figure 3-5: Lifting Assembly

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 47

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.3 Transport the Gantry

3.3.1 Prepare the Gantry for Transport

Note: It is important to order Gantry Transport Dollies and the Patient Support Dollies (P/N 4535 670 06601
and 4535 670 06611—see Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-9) prior to the installation. These items will be provided
by either the Last Mile Provider or the Local Organization. The Gantry is not delivered with the
transport dollies.
Transport dollies/hinges are supplied in special crates.

Figure 3-6: Case for transport dollies Figure 3-7: Case for dollies

Gantry Transport Dollies

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 48

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-8: Case for Hinges Figure 3-9: Case for Hinges

Hinges Patient Support Dollies

!
CAUTION: Make sure not to damage the Tilt switches when you assemble and disassemble the
Transport Dollies/Hinges.
If the Gantry is delivered with the hinges pre-assembled, skip Step 1 below.
1. Attach the hinge to the sides of the Gantry (two on each side) (see Figure 3-10 below).

Note: Set of four hinge and dollies are 368 lbs, each hinge/dolly is 92 lbs.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 49

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

2. Remove the bolts from the hinges and connect the dollies (see Figure 3-11 below).

Note: After use, remove the Transport Dollies and store it in the packing case (see Figure 3-9 on page 49).

Figure 3-10: Hinge Mounting Location Figure 3-11: Hinge base mounted

Attachment
points for Attachment
Transport points for
Device Hinges Transport
Dollies

3. Make sure the four dollies are aligned to permit rolling the Gantry in the desired direction.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 50

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Note: After the Transport Dollies are attached, remove the set of two Shipping Tubes (288 lbs).

4. Unbolt the steel shipping tubes Figure 3-12: Unbolting the Steel Shipping Tubes
from the Gantry (see Figure 3-12).
Remove Bolts

Note: Use the shipping removal tool

kit (453567500921) attached to
the Gantry to remove bolts
(Socket, 1/2" Drive, 18MM).

Shipping Tubes

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 51

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.3.2 Transport the Gantry

Observe the following guidelines when transporting the Gantry:
• Ensure that the floor load for the transport path as well as the installation rooms has been approved
by a structural engineer prior to the installation.
• Use the rollers of the Transport Dollies to move the Gantry to the installation location.
• Turn the rollers of the Transport Dollies in the direction that the Gantry is to be moved.
• To avoid damage, do not move the Transport Dollies over obstructions.
• To minimize the danger of tilting, do not raise the Gantry more than 15 mm above the floor.
• The transport path must be smooth and level due to the required minimal floor clearance of the
Gantry.
• Push the Gantry by exerting pressure only on the Transport Dollies or the steel columns of the Gantry.
Do not exert any pressure on the covers.
• Use caution when lowering the gantry to the floor. Fingers may become caught in close clearances
between the gantry and the floor until it is completely lowered. Failure to take caution may result in
serious injury to service personnel.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 52

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-13: Outline of Gantry and Patient Support (Top View) with Transport Dollies

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 53

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

5. Rotate the circular disks of the Figure 3-14: Transport Dollies Position, Centering Screws and
transport dollies clockwise to lower Attachment Bolts
the rollers to the floor. Verify proper
roller alignment. Continue rotating
each of the circular disks clockwise
until the Gantry base is clear of the
floor by approximately 15-20 mm
(1/2” - 3/4”). The Gantry is prepared
for transport. Push on its solid Transport Dollies in Place
surfaces in the lower half of the
Gantry. Do not push on any of the
electronic boards in the columns. Turn circular disk to move
Turn circular disk: wheel UP or DOWN

• Clockwise - to raise Gantry

• Counter clockwise - to lower
Gantry

Figure 3-15: Adjustable Dollies

Detail

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 54

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.3.3 Recommended Method of Transporting the Gantry

The transport dollies can be moved on their hinges in order to make the Gantry transport easier (may
fit better around doorways, etc.). This also gives the Gantry a wider base, making it more stable. Refer
to Figure 3-16 below for a view of the hinged transport dollies.

Figure 3-16: Hinged Transport Devices

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 55

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.3.4 Transport the Gantry

Floor load
Installation floors must be laid out to support a load of min. 400 kg/plate. During transport of the Gantry,
higher loads can occur at individual points (3-point load, e.g., if the floor is not level). Cover the transport
path with masonite to distribute the floor load and keep floor tiles from popping.

Note: The Gantry should not be transported over uneven flooring. Hard bumps against the Gantry can damage
its more sensitive parts (e.g. ball bearings).

Note: We strongly recommend that you drill the anchoring holes for the Gantry before bringing the Gantry into
the room. Refer to the Site Planning document.
1. Set the support arms with rollers to be aligned with the attachment arms of the transport device (“in-
line” position, see Figure 3-16).

Note: Maximum clearance between the Gantry base and the floor is 15–20 mm (1/2”–3/4”).
Minimum clearance between the Gantry base and the floor is 7 mm (1/4”).
2. Alternately rotate the jack screws clockwise to maintain the Gantry in a level position and raise the
Gantry.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 56

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

!
WARNING: Crush Hazard—Minimize the clearance between the Gantry base and the floor when
transporting the Gantry. This will prevent excess stress on the jack screws and reduces the
possibility of tipping the Gantry. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to
service personnel.

!
CAUTION: The maximum floor clearance for transport is 24 mm (1" in front and 15 mm
(approximately 0.6"behind. For this reason, the transport path should be relatively
smooth and level.

Table 3-3 on page 57 lists the space required for transfer of the Gantry on the Transport Device.
Table 3-3: Gantry Transport Dimensions

Description Dimension

Max. Length 3.135 m 123.44‘”

Min. Length 2.497 m 98.31‘”

Max. Width 1.482 m 58.38‘”

Min. Width 0.961 m 38.00"

Min. Height 2.032 m 80.00"

Normal Transport
During normal transport of the Gantry, the minimum floor clearance is 7mm (0.28 in.).
Swivel the hinges (support arms) of the Transport Device out, so that they face each other (see Figure 3-16
on page 55).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 57

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Transport through Narrow Spaces

!
CAUTION: When the support arms of the transport device are swiveled inwards, there is a danger of
the Gantry tipping. Swivel the support arms inwards only in narrow spaces, where transport
is not possible with the arms swiveled outwards. Swivel the arms outwards again, as soon as
space permits.

Transport through Doors and Hallways

Note: Door Height Requirements:

• Scanner unit will fit through a standard 6'-8" (203.2 mm) door height with dolly assembly provided by Philips
(rolling across level floors).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 58

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Note: Dollies: The dollies have 0'-8" (203.2 mm) diameter hard plastic wheels. Tiled floors should be protected
with 1/4" (6 mm) thick tempered masonite panels or equivalent hard material.

Figure 3-17: Minimum and Maximum Door and Hall Widths (drawing is not to scale)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 59

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.4 Remove Gantry Covers

In some cases where passageways are too narrow to allow the Gantry to move, it may be necessary to
remove rear cover, top and bottom side covers and front cover. Note skip instructions for sites that do not
need to remove all the covers. Follow the procedures below.

!
WARNING: The assistance of at least one person, preferably two, is needed to safely complete this
procedure.

3.4.1 Remove the Gantry Upper Top Column Covers

The Left and Right Top Gantry Upper Column covers are secured by a single Allen screw from the rear
Figure 3-18. After removing this screw, the cover(s) are simply lifted off the Gantry mounting brackets
Remove the Top Side Covers on page 61.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 60

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-18: Gantry Mounting Brackets

Left Side Top Cover Mounting Brackets

Screw Location for

Column Cover

Right Side Top Cover Mounting Brackets

3.4.2 Remove the Top Side Covers

Remove the Top side Cover as follows:
1. Release the screws on the Left Column and on the Right Column (indicated in Figure 3-19 below).
2. Carefully lift up the Top Side Cover away from their brackets, place cover on a flat surface and until it
is needed for re-installation.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 61

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-19: Rear View of Gantry Figure 3-20: Side Top Cover

Top Side Cover Screws

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 62

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-21: Right Side of Gantry Figure 3-22: Left Side of Gantry

3.4.3 Remove the Gantry Lower Column Covers

The Left and Right Gantry Lower Column covers are shipped separately. Figure 3-23 shown the cover
contact points. Refer to Close System Covers on page 289 for cover mounting procedure.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 63

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

WARNING: Always remove system power when servicing exposed conductors or access points that
could be considered a shock hazard.

Figure 3-23: Mounting Points for Left and Right Gantry Column(s)

Socket Head Cap

Screw Location on
Side Column Cover
Mounting Bracket

(4) Mounting
Points

Magnetic Brackets Location

on Column Base

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 64

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.4.4 Remove the Gantry Rear Covers

!
WARNING: The approximate weight of the cover is 30 Lbs (13.6kg). The following procedure requires
two people.
The rear cover hangs on upper mounting slotted brackets and is secured with 3/4” button cap screws (4
qty) and (2 qty) 3/16” Allen hex screws at the lower left and right corners area of the rear cover as shown
in Figure 3-24 on page 66.
1. Release the six screws.
2. Simultaneously lift the cover from both sides and place it along the wall (standing) in a safe area from
the Gantry.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 65

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-24: Remove Rear Cover

Four Hex screws holding Gantry Rear Cover

Safety Interlock Switch

Upper Inside Bracket (2X)

Lower Inside Bracket (2X)

Two 3/16 Allen Hex screws holding Gantry Rear Cover

3.4.5 Remove the Gantry Front Cover

Gantry Front Cover removal is a two-step process:
1. Disconnect the Cables on page 68.
2. Cover Removal on page 72.

Prior to Gantry front cover removal, open the cover as follows:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 66

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

1. Turn the 1/4” socket head cap screws (1/2 - turn) from the bottom left and right corners on the front
cover.
2. Grasp the side of the Gantry front cover and begin lifting. The air pressured struts soon take over and
will lift the cover on their own.

Figure 3-25: Gantry Front Cover

Safety Interlock Switch (inside)

Hardware Location on Socket Head Cap

Gantry Front Cover Screws (One in Each
Corner)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 67

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.4.6 Disconnect the Cables

There are four primary locations for cable disconnection: Figure 3-26: Gantry Top Cover - General View
a. Gantry Panel Controller on page 69.
b. Microphone on page 70.
c. Laser Markers on page 70.
d. Stop Buttons on page 71.

Note: Cut all tie-wraps to release the cables from the cover.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 68

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Gantry Panel Controller

1. Disconnect the following connectors: Figure 3-27: Disconnect the connectors
• P5 P5 (GND
• P6
• J1
• J2
• J3

P6 J3 J2 J1

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 69

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Microphone
The microphone is located on the top part of the front Figure 3-28: Disconnect the microphone
funnel. Disconnect the cable as shown in Figure 3-28 on
page 70.

Disconnect Here

Laser Markers
There are three laser markers situated on the front Figure 3-29: Disconnect the laser markers
funnel: on the left and right sides and one on the top.
Figure 3-29 on page 70 shows a laser marker cable:
Disconnect both leads from red wire connectors.

Disconnect Here

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 70

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Stop Buttons
There are four Stop Buttons, two on each side of the Gantry Front Cover (Figure 3-30).
Disconnect the Stop Buttons as follows:
1. Disconnect both black and red wires—one wire from each Stop Button.
2. Do not disconnect the gray wires.

Figure 3-30: Disconnect the Stop buttons

Black and Red Wires

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 71

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Cover Removal
Figure 3-31 shows the position of the front cover hinges.
1. Before you release the hinge screws, mark the position of the hinges with a felt-tipped pen (Figure 3-
31).

Figure 3-31: Front Cover Hinges

Mark Hinge Position

!
WARNING: Place a support (e.g., wooden plank) to support the cover while you release the screws.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 72

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

2. Release the four screws from each hinge (see Figure 3-32 on page 73) and carefully remove the cover
and store it temporarily in a safe place.

Figure 3-32: Remove screws from each hinge

3.5 Install the Front Cover

To install the Front Cover follow the above procedure in the reverse order.

Note: To install the Ingenuity CT Covers, follow the above procedure in the reverse order. It is recommended to
install first the Rear Cover, Side Bottom Covers, Top Side Covers and then the Front Cover.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 73

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.6 Unpack The Patient Support

Note: Make sure that Patient Support Dollies (P/N 453567006611) are ordered prior to installation. These items
are provided by either the Last Mile Provider or the Local Organization.

Note: Make sure the dollies are installed on the Patient Support as it is not delivered with the transport dollies assembled.

3.6.1 Extended Table

The Extended Patient Support has been designed to lift, support and increment a (maximum) 450 lb. (204
kg) patient into and out of the CT gantry. There is a sticker located on the back of the couch (furthest
from the gantry). The sticker is red with white graphics that states plainly: < 204 kg. (450 lbs.) (see
Figure 3-33 below).

The installation procedure is the same as the Figure 3-33: Extended Patient support label
conventional patient support, the footprint is unchanged
and the distance to the gantry is the same.

Note: The Ingenuity Core 128 and Ingenuity Core uses a Conventional Patient Support (STD).
See O-Mar Image Labeling and other System Options on page 325.

3.6.2 Unpack the Patient Support

Unpack the Patient Support as follows:
1. Remove the bands from the packing crate.
2. Release the Phillips screws to open the crate.
3. Remove the packing insulation.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 74

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Note: When transporting the Extended Patient Support, check for clearance around and through the hallways.
If applicable, the use of a elevator is needed, check the Elevator Lift interior for proper length clearance.

Assemble the dollies to the Patient Support if they are not already installed (see Figure 3-34).

Figure 3-34: Transport dollies

Position the top cover of the packing crate so that it serves as a ramp for unloading the Patient Support
(see Figure 3-36 below). Carefully push the Patient Support off the packing crate.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 75

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-35: Table with dollies Figure 3-36: Use crate as ramp

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 76

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.7 Unpack the CRC/IMR Racks

IMPORTANT: There are two methods to transport the Workspace Components while crated or on a pallet,
with a forklift or a pallet jack. If the components have not been transported to the
appropriate area for un-crating, obtain assistance from the delivery firm or local site
personnel (qualified in the use of a forklift or pallet jack) to transport the Workspace
Components to the un-crating and pallet removal site.

!
CAUTION: Make sure to wear eye protection when removing S-clips.
1. Remove the S-clips (pry-off with a screwdriver) that secure the shipping crate.

Figure 3-37: Remove S-clips

S-clips

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 77

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

2. Remove the Top, Front, and Back crate sides. Then remove the crate sides (see Figure 3-38 below).

Figure 3-38: CRC Crate Exploded View

Top
Pieces

Sides

Front/
Back

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 78

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-39: Remove metal bracketa

3. Remove the Front Metal brackets.

4. Place the top Ramp piece against the Crate base and Figure 3-40: Place ramp again base
secure with the S-clips removed in Step 1 on page 77.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 79

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

5. Place the Metal bracket of the Ramp into the slot Figure 3-41: Attach ramp in bracket
shown in Figure 3-41 and Figure 3-42.

6. Carefully allow the IMR CIRS/CRC Rack to move down the ramp.

Figure 3-42: Allow IMR CIRS/CRC to move down the ramp

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 80

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

7. Place the IMR CIRS/CRC Rack in the required location.

3.8 Unpack the Host Computer

Note: If the computers are already inside the CRC/IMR CIRS & Host Rack, skip this section.

!
WARNING: Lifting Hazard. The host and server are very heavy. Use caution when moving these items.
Failure to comply can result in injury to personnel.
1. Open the container from the top and remove the top shipping box Figure 3-43.
2. Carefully remove the Host Computer from the shipping foam container.

Figure 3-43: Open container and remove host from box

3. Place the Host Computer close to the CRC Rack.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 81

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.9 Unpack the Server

Note: If the computers are already inside the CRC/IMR CIRS & Host Rack, skip this section.

!
WARNING: Lifting Hazard. The host and server are very heavy. Use caution when moving these items.
Failure to comply can result in injury to personnel.
1 Open the container and remove the shipping foam (Figure 3-44).
2. Remove the server from the container.

Figure 3-44: Open container and remove server from box

3. Place the server close to the CRC Rack.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 82

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.10 Unpacking the Power Distribution Unit (ECT PDU)

1. Release and remove the screws located at the foot of the shipping crate lower corners (Figure 3-45).

Figure 3-45:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 83

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

2. Release and remove the Phillips screws located on the front door of the shipping crate (Figure 3-46).

Figure 3-46: ECT PDU Shipping Crate Metal Brackets

!
CAUTION: The ECT PDU shipping crate front door is hinged. It opens outwards, from top to bottom.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 84

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3. Open the shipping crate front door (Figure 3-47).

Figure 3-47: Opening the ECT PDU Shipping Crate Front Door (for example only)

Front Door left hinge Front Door right hinge

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 85

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

4. Remove the packing insulation foam that protects the ECT PDU main switch (Figure 3-48).

Figure 3-48: ECT PDU Main Switch Protective Foam (for example only)

Insulation Foam

Old Model Main Switch New Model Main Switch

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 86

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

5. Carefully lift the ECT PDU shipping crate top assembly and set it aside in a safe area (Figure 3-49).

Figure 3-49: Shipping Crate Top Assembly (for example only)

Nylon wrapping

Shipping crate top assembly

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 87

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

6. Release and remove the 6 bolts that secure the ECT PDU to the shipping crate floor (there are 6 bolts
for each of the 2 brackets) (Figure 3-50 and Figure 3-51).

Figure 3-50: Bracket that Secures the ECT PDU (for example only)

Figure 3-51: ECT PDU Floor Bracket Bolts (Right-side) (for example only)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 88

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

IMPORTANT: If the system delivered with seismic anchoring bracket, secure the 18 bolts (there are 9
bolts for each of the 2 brackets) to attach the PDU to its final location (Figure 3-52).

Figure 3-52: Attach the Seismic Anchoring Bracket (for example only)

Seismic Anchoring Bracket

7. Remove all the nylon wrappings from the ECT PDU.

8. Carefully push the ECT PDU off the shipping crate.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 89

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.11 Unpack the TEAL (PDU)

WARNING: If there is external damage or if internal components “rattle”, do not apply voltage. Check
for any loose components or connections. If TEAL (PDU), call Tech Support for assistance at
(800-888-TEAL). If ECT PDU, call Tech Support at 86 551 65314271.

!
CAUTION: Damage in transit is always possible. Visible external damage should be noted on the bill of
lading upon receipt and a claim filed with the shipper.

Note: The TEAL (PDU) is shipped with a Seismic Anchoring Bracket attached to its base. Do not discard the
Seismic Anchoring Bracket.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 90

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.11.1 Unpack and transport the TEAL (PDU) as follows:

1. Remove the bands from the packing crate.Release the Phillips screws to open the crate.
1. Remove the packing insulation.

Figure 3-53: Seismic Anchoring Brackets - TEAL (PDU) left, ECT PDU right

Note: Remove the Seismic Anchoring Brackets from pallet and TEAL (PDU) and the ECT PDU. Do Not discard
brackets, if used for seismic applications as required by site.

2. Ensure levelers are raised to avoid damage when moving off pallet.
3. Protect finish, light, extended handles and buttons from damage while uncrating and placement.
4. Using a forklift, lift only by the frame and avoiding damage to sheet metal covers. Avoid casters with
forks.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 91

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

5. If there is a removable door, remove it while uncrating and during placement to avoid damage to
hinges and latches.
6. The TEAL (PDU) is to be located near the Mains Power Supply wall box, as described in the Site
Planning document.

3.12 Unpack and Assemble the Common Console Table

(Option)
If applicable, this section describes how to unpack and install the Console Table (skipped instructions if
not used).

Note: It is recommended to assemble the Console Table in an open and unobstructed area.
Figure 3-54 on page 92 shows the Console Table after assembly.

3.12.1 Kit Components

The following table lists the components found in the Console Table package.

Table 3-4: Console Table Components Figure 3-54: Assembled Console Table

Description Qty

Console top 1

Console legs 2

M6 screws 14 (2 for spare)

M8 screws 6 (2 for spare)

Phillips screws (Second design Console) 8

Cable Duct Cover (Second design Console) 1

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 92

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.12.2 Unpack the Console Table

The console table assembly arrives in a crate held together with securing bands and clips (see Figure 3-
55).
1. Using Plate Scissors (aka Tin Snips), cut off the metal bands.

!
CAUTION: Two people are required to raise the top cover and remove the table from the shipping crate.
The bands securing the crate are tightened with high tension. Before cutting bands, wear
protective glasses and gloves, turn your head to one side, away from the metal band in
order to avoid injury from the cut ends springing out.

Figure 3-55: Remove metal bands

Securing Bands

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 93

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

2. Remove the crate top panel (Figure 3-56).

3. Open the plastic packaging and set the Common Console table upside down on a clean surface
(Figure 3-56).

Figure 3-56: Open packaging and set table upside down

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 94

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-57: Common console table legs

4. Pull out the Common Console Table legs from the
cable box slot (see Figure 3-57).

slot

Pull legs out

5. Using a cutting knife remove the plastic wrapping Figure 3-58: Remove plastic wrapping
from all the kit parts.

IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage the

painted surfaces. Insert the knife
into the leg cavity and not between
the two leg assemblies (see
Figure 3-58). Insert knife into this
slot to remove plastic.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 95

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.12.3 Assemble the Common Console Table Legs

1. Lift one of the legs and insert the top of the leg under the cable box (Figure 3-59).
2. Align the leg over the screw holes (Figure 3-59).

Figure 3-59: Assemble common console table legs

Align
screw
holes

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 96

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3. Insert the four M6 screws Figure 3-60. Do not tighten Figure 3-61: Insert screws
the screws yet Figure 3-61 below.

Figure 3-60: M6 screws

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 97

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

4. Repeat Step 1 on page 96 - Step 3 on page 97 for the Figure 3-62: Insert M6 screws
other leg as shown in Figure 3-62.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 98

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.12.4 Secure the Cable Duct to the Console Table Legs

Secure the cable duct as follows:

1. Insert and tighten the two M6 screws and washers Figure 3-64: Secure cable duct to console table legs
that secure the Console Table legs (Figure 3-63) to
the Cable Box (see Figure 3-64). Do not tighten the
screws.

Figure 3-63: M6 screws and washers

2. Repeat this assembly procedure for the second leg.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 99

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3. Align the table leg to be flush with the sides of the Figure 3-65: Make sure the table legs are flush with
table (see Figure 3-65). the sides

Flush sides

4. Tighten the screws securing the Cable Duct to the Table Console Legs.

Note: The leg must be flush with the Cable Box and the side of the table (see Figure 3-65 on page 100).
5. Tighten the six M6 screws. The leg must be flush with the side of the table.
6. Repeat this assembly procedure for the other leg.
7. Two people carefully turn the table over. Don’t scratch the table top.
8. Adjust the leveling pads and level the table if necessary (see Figure 3-66 below).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 100

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Figure 3-66: Leveling pad

9. Transport the Console Table to the required position. Leave a working space behind the table.

3.12.5 Unpack Monitors, Keyboard and Mouse

1. Unpack the monitors, keyboard and mouse from the shipping package.
2. Position the monitors and other equipment in a way that promotes visibility to the patient, comfort to
the operator and a neat appearance in the room.

3.12.6 Unpack and connect the Scan Control Box

1. Unpack the Scan Control Box from the shipping package.
Position the Scan Control Box in a position that is comfortable to the operator and promotes a neat
appearance in the room.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 101

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.12.7 Connect the Console Table Harness

Note: Perform this procedure after completing the Common Console Table Installation.

1. Open the contents of the accessories container and Figure 3-67: Console Table Harness
remove the Console Table Harness Kit shown in
Figure 3-67.

This end connects The end of the

to the CRC Rack harness sleeve

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 102

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Note: Perform these steps after completing the System Figure 3-68: Route cable harness to side of table
Console Installation.
2. Route the Cable Harness to the side of the Console
where the Host Rack is located; this may be on the
right or left side of the Common Console as shown
in Figure 3-68.
3. Route the Scan Control Box cable to the side of the
Console where the Host Rack is located. Route this
cable along with the Cable Harness. The end of the
harness sleeve
4. Use cable ties to join the Scan Control Cable to the
Cable Harness.
5. Set the end of the harness sleeve at the end of the
Common Console Cable Duct. Figure 3-69: Secure Cable Harness
6. Secure the harness in place with tie wraps along the
entire length of the Cable Duct.
7. Pull all the cables out from the Cable Duct and
assemble the Cable Duct Cover with Phillips screws.
Note: The leg must be flush with the side of the Cable Box.

Tie Wraps

Figure 3-70: Phillips screw location

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 103

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

3.12.8 Connect the Keyboard and Monitors

Anchor the Console Table

1. Connect the DVI connectors and the power Figure 3-71: Connections to the Keyboard, Monitors and Mouse
cables shown in Figure 3-72 to the monitors.
To Monitors

Note: Monitor 1 is the right monitor and

monitor 2 is the left monitor.
2. Connect the keyboard to the PS2 Splitter
shown in Figure 3-72.
3. Connect the PS2 Splitter to the appropriate Barcode (optional)
female USB connector of the harness shown Mouse
in Figure 3-72.
4. Remove the USB to PS2 adaptor from the
mouse connector.
PS2 Splitter
5. Connect the mouse and the barcode (if it to Keyboard
exists) to the remaining female USB To PS2 Splitter
connectors.
6. Later in Connect the Connection Bracket on
page 165, you will connect the other end of Figure 3-72: Connections to the TEAL (PDU) and Connection
the harness shown in Figure 3-72 to the Bracket
appropriate ports on the Connection Bracket
and PDU.
To Connection Bracket

To PDU

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 104

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

Note: It is not necessary to bolt the Console Table to the floor unless required by local or national regulations.
Materials for anchoring the Console Table are not included with the system.

Note: Skip these instructions if not used.

Drill Anchor Holes

Floor anchors for the Operator’s Console are not supplied with the system and must be obtained locally.
The customer’s engineer of record must specify the appropriate floor anchor based on local regulations.
Install anchors according to specifications determined by the customer’s engineer of record.

!
CAUTION: Use caution when drilling into concrete. The drill bit may hit rebar causing the bit to bind.
This may result in loss of control of the drill and personal injury.
1. Determine the specifications of the holes required for the floor anchors (drill bit diameter, hole depth
and installation tools).
2. Drill holes according to specifications determined by the customer’s engineer of record.

Anchor the Console Table Figure 3-73: Anchoring Bracket

Brackets for anchoring are supplied with the table (see Figure 3-
73). Bolt the table to the floor as follows (see Figure 3-75 on
page 106):

1. Unscrew the adjustable feet from the table leg.

2. Unscrew the top nut and pass the foot screw thread through
the hole in the bracket.
3. Tighten the nut on the bracket.
4. Screw the adjustable foot with the bracket back into the
table leg.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 105

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Unpack and Transport the System

5. Repeat the procedure for all four legs (see Figure 3-74 on page 106).
6. Mark and drill holes for anchors (local purchase).

Figure 3-74: Table with Anchors Figure 3-75: Table Leg Ready for Bolting to the Floor

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 106

Note: For isolation of the system, refer to the site documentation to use the Isolation Kits (4535 672 41121,
ship-with) and follow instructions in the kit to isolate the system from the Hospital.
This section includes the following procedures:
4.1Position the Gantry on page 107.
4.2Position the Patient Support on page 113.

4.1 Position the Gantry

If you have not yet checked the levelness of the floor in the scan room and drilled the holes for the
anchors using the Mylar, do it now.

Note: Always refer to the latest revision of the site preparation documentation before starting the installation
procedure.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 107

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Position the System Components

The installation materials included with the system are for anchoring the Gantry to a solid (no cover)
concrete floor.

Figure 4-1: Gantry Anchor Bolt Locations

0.0

ISOCENTER

Anchorboltinplace. Gantry Base Outline

1. Position the Gantry to align the through-holes of each of the column base with the four visible floor
anchors.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 108

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Position the System Components

!
WARNING: PINCH HAZARD. USE CAUTION WHEN LOWERING THE GANTRY TO THE FLOOR. FINGERS
CAN BE CAUGHT IN CLOSE CLEARANCES BETWEEN THE GANTRY AND THE FLOOR UNTIL
COMPLETELY LOWERED. FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY TO
SERVICE PERSONNEL.

2. Alternately rotate the circular disks counterclockwise to maintain the Gantry in a level position and
lower it to the floor. Do not remove the transport dollies because the Gantry still must be leveled. The
procedure is described later.
3. Place an anchor bolt (4535 671 362381) (1/2” -13 x 2.25 LG), 1/2” flat washer (T11-447) and mylar
washer (4535 672 41121) together (refer to Figure 4-2).
4. Place a mylar strip (4535 672 45941) around the anchor bolt and insert it through each column base
through-hole and into the floor anchor.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 109

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Position the System Components

Note: There are (8) anchors for the Gantry and mylar strips (T25B-1037) to secure the system.

Figure 4-2: Adding Mylar Strip

Washer Anchor Bolt

Base Mylar Washer
Base
Mylar Strip FLOOR
FLOOR

Mylar Strip Anchor

Anchor Bolt
Washer

Mylar Washer

5. Repeat the previous step for the remaining three external Gantry anchor bolts. It may be necessary to
adjust the position of the Gantry to permit engagement of all four bolts in the floor anchors (see
Figure 4-3 on page 111).

Note: The remaining (4) Gantry internal bolts are done after system is power up and tilt enabled.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 110

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Position the System Components

Figure 4-3: Gantry Shipping Bolt Locations

Tilt Secure Left Tilt Secure Right

ship tilt bolt ship tilt bolt ship tilt bolt ship tilt bolt

anchor bolt anchor bolt anchor bolt anchor bolt

6. Open the Gantry front and rear covers with a 3/16” Allen wrench.
7. Remove the Gantry rear cover and set it aside.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 111

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Position the System Components

8. Remove the four bolts that secure the Gantry from tilting during shipment (Figure 4-3). Make sure to
remove the bolts and the spacers (Figure 4-4) and (Figure 4-5).

Note: Keep shipping bolts on site for future system repair and maintenance. (e.g., bearing replacement or gantry
relocation)

!
CAUTION: Make sure to remove the spacer. Failure to do so will hinder the tilt function.

Figure 4-4: Remove shipping bolt Figure 4-5: Remove shipping bolt spacer

Shipping Bolt Spacer

Note: Note that the Gantry should still be attached to the transport devices. If this is a Mobile system, refer to
the Options section of the CFE for the Mobile System Document. The locking mechanism is different for
the mobile systems.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 112

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Position the System Components

4.2 Position the Patient Support

Note: The Gantry must be in its final position before you begin these steps. The rear and front anchor bolts in
each support column must be partially threaded into the floor anchor nuts. The inside anchor bolts may
already be in or may be inserted later when the Gantry can be tilted 5 degrees forward.

!
WARNING: LIFTING HAZARD. THE PATIENT SUPPORT IS VERY HEAVY AND SHOULD BE MANEUVERED
BY TWO PEOPLE. IT TAKES TWO PEOPLE TO LIFT THE REAR OF THE PATIENT TABLE AND
ONE MORE TO REMOVE THE REAR DOLLY. USE CAUTION WHEN MOVING THIS ITEM.
FAILURE TO COMPLY CAN RESULT IN INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
1. Note the location of the five pre-drilled anchor holes in the floor. Roll the Patient Support on its
transport dollies into the approximate position over the holes.

Note: Final installation and application of power to the Patient Support will happen in Install the Patient
Support .

Figure 4-6: Transport table and dollies

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 113

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Position the System Components

4.3 Equipment Isolation

The CT system equipment components shall be insulated from building steel, such as; raceways, trough
ducts, junction boxes, floor re bar, etc.
Only isolated ground wires from the facility power source or power conditioner (example: Room
Disconnect Box, Full System UPS, TEAL (PDU), etc...) shall provide proper grounding to the CT system,
assuring safety and ground quality in compliance with country and local codes.
1. Before any connections are made to the Gantry, check Isolation with an OHM meter to the scanner
safety GND (green/yellow conductors) to facility provided ground.
2. Remove the facility ground from the left side of the gantry; if has been connected.
3. Measure the resistance from the ground point on the gantry to the facility ground wire.

Figure 4-7: Checking Ground

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 114

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Position the System Components

4. Resistance should be >100 KNote: the other lead will go to the facility ground.Refer to Figure 4-7.
If the resistance is not >100 Kan anchor bolt may be touching building steel. Make sure the Gantry
is properly insulated, refer to Step 3 on page 109 and Figure 4-2.
5. Record the resistance in Table H-2 (see Installation Record Document on page 397).
6. Reconnect the facility ground. Torque to 8.0 ± 0.48 Nm (70.8 ± 4.3 in-lb).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 115

5.1 Cable Connection Overview

Figure 5-1: Cable Connection Overview

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 116

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.2 Install the Power Distributor (Power Supply

Devices and/or Power Protector)
This section provides guidelines for connecting the Power Distributor (Power Supply Devices and/or
Power Protector). It is the responsibility of the local Service Representative to contact and schedule
STACO for the important warranty-activating service visit. After the unit is installed, it should be placed
in “Maintenance By-Pass” until the STACO representative arrives.

Note: Always refer to the latest revision of the site preparation documentation before starting the installation
procedure.

The TEAL (PDU) must be configured to comply with local voltage and frequency.
The Service Engineer is only authorized to connect the power cable to the Gantry Left Column.

IMPORTANT: If a STACO Power Conditioner is installed, it should be set in Maintenance By-pass mode
enabling the scanner to be operated until the Chloride representative arrives.
In this mode the normal benefits of the UPS or Voltage Regulator are not enabled.

IMPORTANT: The service engineer must be present for the first Start-up of the Power Conditioner with
the Chloride service representative.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 117

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

WARNING: Do not turn on power to the system at this time.

WARNING: Ensure all electrical connections are tight. Loose connections are the most common failure
point in this and all wiring systems.

Note: Only a licensed electrician authorized by the customer may perform line power device installation. The
FSE is not authorized to install line power devices.

5.2.1 Information Regarding Power Conditioners (UPS)

When the STACO system arrives on site, notification is present on the front of the unit that the warranty
will be void if a Start Up session by a STACO service representative is not performed after the system is
installed

Note: Regardless of worldwide location, the Start Up form should be filled out and emailed to
[email protected] or faxed to: 440-248-8002, and STACO will contact the listed contact on
the form to schedule the Start-Up session. While in Maintenance By-pass mode, the scanner can be
operated, but the normal benefits of the UPS or Voltage Regulator will not be in place.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 118

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.2.2 Connect Power to System: Overview

There are different scenarios for connecting the system at sites with different line voltages. Each scenario
has a number of possible connections using a combination of UPS devices and power protectors.

Note: Always refer to the latest revision for site preparation information before starting the installation
procedure.

Note: A small UPS device is an available option for protecting the CRC cabinet only. It is wired from the
Gantry with Philips supplied cables and may be purchased with any of the choices above when a full
system UPS is not selected.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 119

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.3 Install the Gantry

This section describes how to install the Gantry and includes the following main sections:
• 5.3.1Route the System Cables on page 120.
• 5.3.3Connect the Gantry on page 122.

5.3.1 Route the System Cables

This section contains layout diagrams and tables that define routing of mains and protective conductors,
and system cables.
Figure 5-2: Basic System Cable Routing with UPS
Note: Trough runs must
comply with
Philips supplied
fixed cable lengths.
Every 90° trough
bend consumes 1’0”
(305mm) of cable
length.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 120

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Table 5-1: Route system cables

No. Cable Type From To
100 Fiber Optics Gantry Right Column Optical Link Terminal CRC or IMR CIRS Rack Rear Panel
101 G Host Acquisitor Gantry Right Column GHost-P27 CRC or IMR CIRS Rack SDB Panel P3
102 G Host SDB Gantry CRC or IMR HOST Rack
103 USB CAT5 LAN Gantry Right Column for the IBox CRC or IMR HOST Rack Rear Panel
Host Rack Power In
Gantry Left Column TB372 or UPS Control
104 Host Main Ground * for IMR configurations there will be one for
Rear-load 1
each rack

CRC Rack Rear Panel

105 230 VAC Gantry Right Column * for IMR configurations there will be one for
each rack

200 CCT Gantry Left Column CRC or IMR HOST rack

201 Injector N/A
300 230 VAC (option) Gantry CRC or IMR HOST rack console UPS
CRC Server Rack
400 230 VAC Console UPS (option)
* for IMR configurations there will be one for each rack

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 121

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.3.2 Route the External System Cables

The following table lists the cables routed to external destinations.
Table 5 - 2: Route external system cables

No. Cable Type From To

On-site X-ray ON lamp

1 X-ray ON Signal Gantry Left Column TB20
indicator

Gantry Right Column Door

2 On-site Door Switch On-site Door Switch
Switch Terminal

On-site Power Supply (TEAL

3 Main Power to System Gantry Left Column TB10 (PDU))/WDC/Line/On-site
Power)

GND On-site Power Supply

Mains GND Gantry Left Column TB10
4 (TEAL (PDU))/WDC/Line/
(local purchase) (APE point)
On-site Power)

Note: The additional GND is for safety over-current protection; purchase locally according to local regulations
and PRD documents.

5.3.3 Connect the Gantry

This section describes the following procedures:
1. Connect the Gantry Left Column on page 123.
2. Connect the Gantry Right Column on page 130.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 122

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connect the Gantry Left Column

WARNING: Incoming power at the wall box must be completely removed. Make sure to locked off the
wall box. failure to comply can result in serious injury or death to service personnel.

This section describes the following procedures (refer to Figure 5-3: Gantry Left Column
Figure 5-3 on page 123:
1. Connect the Main Power on page 124.
2. Connect the X-ray ON and Power ON Lamp
Indicators on page 126.
3. Connecting Output Power to the Operator Console
on page 127.
4. Connect the GND for CRC Rack on page 129.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 123

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connect the Main Power

1. Make sure the incoming power at the box is completely removed and locked off.
2. Remove the access panel from the lower rear of the Gantry.
Two 1 3/4” x 3 1/2” rectangular access panels are located at the lower rear of the Gantry for cable access.
One port is in the middle; the other is about 13” from the right column (when facing the rear of the
Gantry; see Figure 5-4 below).
3. The cables listed below must be connected (from the rear of the Gantry) through the right access
opening and along the bottom of the column:
• 480VAC (main power cable)
• APE cable (AWG #6).
• X-ray ON lamp indicator (TB20)
• GND cables for CRC Rack (* for IMR configurations there will be a GND for each rack)
• 230VAC cable (for the CRC IMR CIRS rack/UPS)
• 230VAC cable (for the IMR HOST rack)

4. Connect the main power cable to the power terminal block (TB10). Refer to Figure 5-5 for proper
configuration.
5. Tighten the cable to the terminal block to 1.9-2.02 Nm (16.8-19.47 in-lb)
6. Confirm that the main cable has been torqued to the specific value and record as pass in Table H-2
(see Installation Record Document on page 397).
7. Connect the APE cable to the power terminal block (APE). Refer to Figure 5-5.
8. Tighten the APE cable to 8 Nm ± 0.48 Nm (70.8 in-lb ± 4.3 in-lb).
9. Confirm the APE cable has been torqued to the specific value and record as pass in Table H-2 (see
Installation Record Document on page 397).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 124

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Note: The additional GND is for safety over-current protection; purchase locally and in install (if required)
according to PRD documents.

Figure 5-4: Gantry Access Panels Figure 5-5: Main Terminal Block TB 10

Black

480 VAC Red

White

GND

APE

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 125

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Note: When routing cables through ducts and troughs, add a pull-string to enable future pulling of additional
cables.
Do not connect the Host and Server or UPS power cables to the Gantry yet.

!
CAUTION: Do not route cables in the Tilt area.

Connect the X-ray ON and Power ON Lamp Indicators

1. Connect the X-ray ON indicator Figure 5-6: Connect X-ray indicator cable TB20
lamp cable to the TB20 power
terminal block (Terminals 3 and 4) as
shown in
Figure 5-6 on page 126.
2. If applicable, wire the suite
annunciator (Power ON indicator) to
the TB20 power terminal block
(Terminals 1 and 2).
X-ray
Indicator
Cable

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 126

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connecting Output Power to the Operator Console

With UPS Option Figure 5-7: UPS Connection

1. In the Gantry left column TB 372, connect the
230 V output power cable to the UPS as
shown in Figure 5-7 on page 127. Brown
• Hot/ Brown to TB 372-2
• Neutral/ Blue to TB 372-4
• Ground/ Green to TB 372-8 Blue
2. Tighten to:
• Brown and Blue: 1.9-2.02 Nm (16.8-19.47
in-lb) GND
• Green: 8 Nm ± 0.48 Nm (70.8 in-lb ± 4.3 in-
Yellow/Green
lb)
3. Confirm that all specific torque values were
achieved for each connection and record as
pass in Table H-2 (see Installation Record
Document on page 397)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 127

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Without UPS Option Figure 5-8: CRC Rack Connection

1. In the Gantry left column TB 372, connect
output power cable to the CRC Rack as shown
in Figure 5-8.
• Hot/ Brown to TB 372-2 Brown
• Neutral/ Blue to TB 372-4 Blue
• Ground/ Green to TB 372-8
2. Tighten to:
• Brown and Blue: 1.9-2.02 Nm (16.8-19.47 in- GND
lb) Yellow/
Green
• Green: 8 Nm ± 0.48 Nm (70.8 in-lb ± 4.3 in-lb)
3. Record the final tightening of the main power
cable in Table H-2 (see Installation Record
Document on page 397).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 128

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connect the GND for CRC Rack

1. Connect the GND cables for the CRC Rack to the GND terminal as shown in Figure 5-9 below.
2. Tighten to 8 Nm ± 0.48 Nm (70.8 in-lb ± 4.3 in-lb).
3. Confirm that the GND is torqued to the correct value and record as pass in Table H-2 (see Installation
Record Document on page 397).

Figure 5-9: CRC Rack GND Connection

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 129

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connect the Gantry Right Column

This section describes the following procedures:
1. Connect the Door Switch Cable on page 130
2. Connect Cables to the GHOST on page 131
3. Connect the Fiber Optic Cables on page 132
4. Connect the USB A/M to B/M cable on page 133
5. Connect the Extender DC Power Cable on page 134
6. Connect the CAT-5 Net Cable on page 135

Route all cables to the Right Gantry column through the left access panel (see Figure 5-4 on page 125).

Connect the Door Switch Cable

1. Connect the Door Switch to the terminal as Figure 5-10: GND Terminal
shown in Figure 5-10 on page 130.

Door
Switch
Terminal

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 130

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connect Cables to the GHOST

In the Gantry right column, connect signal cables to the GHost as follows:

Cable
Cable No.
Connector on Figure 5-11: Connect Cables to GHOST
Description GHost

ACQ 453567030921 (J27) P27

SDB Interface L1193 (J16) P16

P27 P16

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 131

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connect the Fiber Optic Cables

In the Gantry right column, connect the fiber optic cables as shown in Figure 5-12.

Note: Leave sufficient cable to enable direct connection to the RCOM for a bypass test.

!
CAUTION: Do not bend the optical cable! A curve of less than 3cm radius will damage the cable.
Connect the cables to the terminal from top to bottom according to the label next to the terminal.

Figure 5-12: Connect fiber optic cables

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 132

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connect the USB A/M to B/M cable

1. For systems shipped with the local and remote USB extender kit
a. In the Gantry right column, plug Figure 5-13: B/M Figure 5-14: A/M
the B/M connector of the cable to
Port J2 on the IBox2 board. See
Figure 5-13.
b. Plug the A/M connector to the USB
port on the remote USB Extender
(with 5VDC power connector). See
Figure 5-14.
c. Continue to Connect the Extender
DC Power Cable on page 134
Note: Note: This picture is used for
reference only.

2. For system shipped with 30m USB Cable

a. Connect the B/M connector of the cable to Port J2 Figure 5-15: B/M of 30m USB Cable
on the IBox2 board. See Figure 5-15.
b. Plug the A/M connector to the USB 4 on Host
Rack.
c. Skip the following steps and continue to CRC/
IMR Rack Installation on page 136.

Note: Secure the cable so that it won’t interfere with any gantry motion.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 133

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connect the Extender DC Power Cable

In the Gantry right column, connect the USB extender DC power cable to Port P7A on the IBox2 board,
and plug the barrel power jack connector to the USB Extender as shown in Figure 5-16.

Note: Secure the cable so that it won't interfere with any gantry motion.

Figure 5-16: USB Extender Power Cable

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 134

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Connect the CAT-5 Net Cable

Connect one end of the CAT-5 net cable to the USB Extender on the Gantry right column. And connect the
other end to the local USB Extender in HOST rack. (see Figure 5-17)

Note: Secure the cable so that it won't interfere with any gantry motion.

Figure 5-17: CAT-5 Net Cable

Remote USB extender on Gantry right column Local USB extender in HOST rack

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 135

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.4 CRC/IMR Rack Installation

WARNING: Before installing, make sure that all power has been shut off at the Gantry, particularly the
TEAL (PDU) transformer (If applicable) and the Gantry itself.

WARNING: If there is a UPS on site, turn it off before performing the following procedures.

5.4.1 Anchor the CRC Rack

Note: If not anchoring the Rack, skip this section. Go to CRC/IMR Rack Installation .
Affixing the Combined Rack to the floor is not mandatory unless dictated by local or national
regulations. Accessories for anchoring the Combined Rack are not included with the system.
However, anchoring holes for the Combined Rack have been prepared at the bottom panel of the rack.
You can use the holes in the Rack as a template or use the drawing in Figure 5-18 on page 137.
• The Rack can be mounted against a wall (the back side of the rack) up to the point where the splash
guard contacts the wall.
• For ease of service of the server computer, verify clearance of at least 60mm to the right side of the
Rack.
• The anchoring holes’ diameter is 15mm to allow the usage of up to 10mm (3/8inch) thick screws.
• This diameter allows tolerance of ±2mm in drilling.
• The length of the screw should be longer then 85mm (3.5inch).

Drill Anchor Holes

Floor anchors for the Operator’s Console are not supplied with the system and must be obtained
locally. The customer’s engineer of record must specify the appropriate floor anchor based on local
regulations. Install anchors according to specifications determined by the customer’s engineer of record.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 136

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

!
CAUTION: Use caution when drilling into the concrete. The drill bit may hit rebar causing the bit to bind.
This may result in loss of control of the drill and personal injury.
1. Determine the specifications of the holes required for the floor anchors (drill bit diameter, hole depth
and installation tools).
2. Drill holes according to specifications determined by the customer’s engineer of record.

Figure 5-18: Anchoring CRC Rack

406.4 246.2
16.00 9.69

679.5 643 610

26.75 25.31 24.02

11
0.43

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 137

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.4.2 CRC/IMR Rack Installation

CRC Rack for HP Z4/Z8 (Gen 5.3) Installation

WARNING: Before installing, make sure that all power has been shut off at the Gantry, particularly the
PDU Transformer (if applicable) and the Gantry itself.

WARNING: If there is a UPS on site, turn it OFF before performing the following procedures.
Figure 5-19: Gen 5.3 Console System

HP Z8 Server
HP Z4 Host
Computer
Computer

Auxiliary
Bracket

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 138

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

The (Gen 5.3) HP Z4/Z8 CRC Rack

Open the CRC Rack as follows:

1. Open the front door of the CRC Rack. Figure 5-21: Pull out Host
2. If applicable, remove the auxiliary bracket in front of
the trays (secured with two thumbscrews). Refer to
Figure 5-19 on page 138.
3. Pull out the Retaining Latch Locking pin (see
Figure 5-20).
4. Turn the Retaining Latch that secure the trays 90deg.
clockwise and carefully pull out the Host tray (see
Figure 5-21).

Figure 5-20: Retaining Latch

Retaining Latch

HP Z4 Host
Computer and Tray

Locking Pin

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 139

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5. If applicable, carefully tilt the Host computer forward to remove the foam block underneath the rear
of the computer.
6. Carefully push the tray back into position.
7. Repeat Step 4 on page 142 (turn the latch counterclockwise) to Step 5 on page 143 for the Server.
8. Slide the tray back into the Rack and secure with the Retaining Latch.
9. IF applicable, reinstall the Auxiliary Bracket for Seismic sites (see Figure 5-22).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 140

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

CRC Rack for HP Z440/Z840 (Gen 5.1) Installation

WARNING: Before installing, make sure that all power has been shut off at the Gantry, particularly the
TEAL (PDU) Transformer (if applicable) and the Gantry itself.

WARNING: If there is a UPS on site, turn it OFF before performing the following procedures.
Figure 5-22: Gen 5.1 Console System

HP Z840
HP Z440 Host Server
Computer Computer

Auxiliary
Bracket

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 141

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

The (Gen 5.1) HP Z440/Z840 CRC Rack

Open the CRC Rack as follows:

1. Open the front door of the CRC Rack. Figure 5-24: Pull out Host
2. If applicable, remove the auxiliary bracket in
front of the trays (secured with two
thumbscrews). Refer to Figure 5-22 on page 141.
3. Pull out the Retaining Latch Locking pin (see
Figure 5-23).
4. Turn the Retaining Latch that secure the trays
90deg. clockwise and carefully pull out the Host
tray (see Figure 5-24).

Figure 5-23: Retaining Latch

Retaining Latch

HP Z440 Host
Computer and Tray

Locking Pin

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 142

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 143

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

CRC Rack for Dell T3600/T7600 (Gen 5) Installation

WARNING: Before installing, make sure that all power has been shut off at the Gantry, particularly the
TEAL (PDU) Transformer (if applicable) and the Gantry itself.

WARNING: If there is a UPS on site, turn it OFF before performing the following procedures.

Figure 5-25: CRC with shipping Foam

NOTE: If applicable, shipping

materials (Foam) inserts to be
removed, after transporting to
the room/site.

Auxiliary Bracket

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 144

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

The (Gen 5) Dell T3600/T7600 CRC Rack

Open the CRC Rack as follows:

1. Open the front door of the CRC Rack. Figure 5-27: Retaining latch
2. If applicable, remove any form packing
materials from the computers (see Figure 5-25).
3. Remove the auxiliary bracket in front of the
trays (secured with two thumbscrews).
4. Pull out the Retaining Latch Locking pin (see
Figure 5-27).
5. Turn the Retaining Latch that secure the trays
90deg. and carefully pull out the Host tray.

Figure 5-26: Auxiliary bracket

Retaining Latch

Locking Pin

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 145

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

6. Write down the windows product key at the top Figure 5-28: Location of product key
rear of the unit.
Product Key Label
7. If applicable, carefully tilt the Host computer
forward to remove the foam block underneath
the rear of the computer.
8. Carefully push the tray back and repeat Step 5
on page 145 to Step 7 on page 146 for the Server.
9. Slide the tray back into the Rack and secure
with the Retaining Latch.

Note: IF applicable, reinstall the Auxiliary

Bracket for Seismic sites (see Figure 5-26).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 146

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

IMR Console (Two components Host and CIRS Racks)

This procedure is applicable for both Gen 5 (Dell Computers), Gen 5.1 (HP Computers) and Gen 5.3 (HP
computers)

Unpack the IMR Host Rack

1. Use a screwdriver to unlock the tray retainer.

Figure 5-29: Unlock the Host Rack tray retainer (representative image of Host Rack)

2. Remove and discard the packing foam from the front of the host computer.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 147

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-30: Remove packing foam from Host (representative image of Host Rack)

3. Slide out the Host computer and remove the foam block from the rear of the Host computer.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 148

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-31: Remove foam block from rear of Host

4. Push in the Host computer.

5. Lock the tray retainer.
6. Continue with “Unpack the IMR CIRS Rack”.

Unpack the IMR CIRS Rack

1. Open the front door of the IMR CIRS Rack.
2. Remove and discard the front retaining bracket.
3. Remove and discard the packing foam from the front of both CIRS servers.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 149

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-32: Remove the retaining bracket and packing foam (representative image of CIRS Rack)

4. Pull on the retaining spring and flip the bracket to the right (to block the CIRS S1 server tray).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 150

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-33: Pull the retaining spring and flip bracket to secure server

5. Slide out the S2 server from the rack and remove the foam block from the rear of the S2 server. See
(Figure 5-31) for reference.
6. Make sure there are no loose connections in the back of the S2 server.
7. Return S2 to inside the Rack.
8. Pull on the retaining spring and flip the bracket to the left (to block the S2 server tray).
9. Slide out the S1 server and remove the foam block from the rear of the S1 server. See (Figure 5-31) for
reference.
10. Make sure there are no loose connections in the back of the S1 server.
11. Return S1 to inside the Rack.
12. Pull on the retaining spring and flip the bracket to the center (to block both CIRS server trays)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 151

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.5 Connect the Operator Console

IMPORTANT: Refer to the Site Planning Drawings to appropriately plan for cable length and layout before
routing cables.

IMPORTANT: For IMR configuration installation, depending on the site location, the destination for the
CIRS IMR rack may not be in the same location as the Host Rack. Proper planning must be
made when routing cables.
This section describes the following procedures:
1. HP Z440 Connections to the CRC Rack on page 156
2. Dell T3600 Connections to the CRC Rack on page 158
3. Z840 Server Connections to the CRC Rack on page 161
4. Z840 Server Connections to the CRC Rack on page 161
5. Connect the SDB (Signal Distribution Board) on page 168
6. Route the Harness and Other Cables to the CRC Rack on page 164
7. Connect the Connection Bracket on page 165
8. Connect the I/O Panel on page 166
9. Fiber optic I/O Panel Cable Connections on page 168
10. Connect the SDB (Signal Distribution Board) on page 168
11. Anti-static Discharge (ESD) Protection Instructions on page 205
12. Attach the Stability Bracket on page 207
13. Install the UPS (Option) on page 209

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 152

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.5.1 CRC Rack Connections Layout

Figure 5-34: CRC Layout

SDB Card
L11930 /F D-Type 50 Contacts
Gantry G Host Card P-3
RJ45 Cable For Nuclear Medicine Systems. Host
Local Net Host Computer
DVI Amp. Op. Power In 4550 123 05901
J9A
Monitor 3 Out4
Power In Can Bus 4550 123 05851
Monitor 2 Out3 P-4 CanBus Card
Monitor 1 Out2 Audio Cable 4550-123-05861
In J-3A Line Out
Out1 12VDC Cable
P-24
Console Table Line In
Ct Box. The cable is part of CT Box. J-2

I/O Panel
RJ45 / Lan3 4550-123-01091
Lan3 Adapter Lan3 On Board
Monitor 1 DVI-I Monitor 1 Cable. 4550-123-05701 3M. DVI - I Display 1 4550-123-05991
Monitor 1 DVI-I 1
Monitor 2 DVI-I Monitor 2 Cable. 4550-123-05701 3M. DVI - I Display 2 4550-123-05991
Monitor 2 DVI-I 2
BarCode BarCode USB With Repeater 4550-123-05521 2.5M. USB2 BarCode 4550-123-05211
BarCode USB2 USB2 BarCode
Mouse Mouse USB With Repeater 4550-123-05521 2.5M. USB3 Mouse 4550-123-05211 USB3 Mouse
Mouse USB3
KeyBoard Key Board USB With Repeater 4550-123-05521 2.5M. USB4 K.B. 4550-123-05211
K.B. USB4 USB4 K.B
Monitor 1 Power Cable 4550-123-01111 3M. USB5 Spare 4550-123-05211
Power Monitor 1 USB5 Spare USB5 Sp.
Power Monitor 2 Monitor 2 Power Cable 4550-123-01111 3M. Power In
Cardiac USB1 USB1 Cardiac 4550 123 05211
RJ45 Cable 4550 123 05291 8M. USB1 Cardiac
Local Net RJ45 / Lan2 4550 123 01091
Lan2 Adapter Lan2, 10-100
4550 123 03701 RJ45 / Lan1 4550 123 01091
Lan1 Adapter Lan1, 1GB Card
NetGear
Hub Lan Sw.Op. Server 1
In RJ45 Cable. RJ45 / Lan1 4550-123-01091 Lan1, 1GB Card
Lan1 Adapter
RRS Op. RJ45 / Lan2 4550-123-01091 Lan2, 10-100
Lan2 Adapter
Power In
DS1 Yellow BB/64 Acq. B/Rx Wht.
DS2 White BB/64 Acq. A/RX Yell.
Op. Fiber Cbl. 4535 674 08381 30M. Fiber Op. Cable 4550 123 08082
BR-BB/64 Op.Fiber X 4 DS3 Blue BB/64 Acq. D/Rx Red
DS4 Red BB/64 Acq. C/Rx Blue
Op. Fiber Cbl. 4535 670 34411 30M.
BR-16 Gantry Op.Fiber DS5 Pink 164 Acq. J2/Rx Pink
USB1 4550-123-05211
USB 1 USB 1
USB2 4550 123 05211
USB 2 USB 2
Acq Sig. Cable 453567030931 LCC ACQ Cable 4550 123 05801
Ganty G Host Card J1 Acq BR16 Acq Card
BB/64 Acq Card
Power Distributer
4550 123 05831
J-1 Server Power In Cable 4550 123 05031
4535 665 40911 J-6 Power In
J-2
J-3 Fans Tray
Fans Tray Assy. 4550 123 05841.
J-4 12V for Fans
J-5
Rack Gnd Cable 455012304271 GND Sc.
Gantry GND Sc.
Trays Grounding Cable 4550 123 05821
CCT AC Power In Cable 4550 123 99171
CCT Cart Op. J-8
Host Power In Cable 4550 123 01111
CRC Power In Cable 453567044421 J-7
Gantry CRC Power In P-8 Trays Grounding Cable 4550 123 05821

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 153

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6 Install CRC Rack

5.6.1 HP Z4 Connections to the CRC Rack

Note: If the HP computers were shipped inside the CRC Rack, skip this section.
If applicable; connect the Host computer as follows:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 154

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

1. Open the Front Door of the CRC Rack. Figure 5-35: HP (Z4 Host) Rear Panel Connections
2. Pull out and hold the retaining locking pin and
turn the retaining latch 90° clockwise.
3. Release the retaining belt.
4. Put the computer 20-25 cm (8-10”) in front of
the rack.
5. Connect the inner CRC rack cables to the Host
computer (Refer to Figure 5-35):
1) power button and light
2) Audio-in (microphone) jack
3) Audio-out (headphone) jack
4) PS/2 mouse port
5) PS/2 keyboard port
6) USB SuperSpeed ports (6)
7) Cable-only slot
8) Power supply built-in self-test (BIST) light
9) Power connector
10) Security cable slot
11) Security lock loop
12) RJ-45 (network) jack
13) RJ-45 (network) jack (AMT enabled)
14) PCIe card release latches
15) PCIe card slots (5)
6. Put the Host into position, attach the retaining
belt, and push the tray into the rack.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 155

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6.2 HP Z440 Connections to the CRC Rack

Note: If the HP computers were shipped inside the CRC Rack, skip this section.
If applicable; connect the Host computer as follows:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 156

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

1. Open the Front Door of the CRC Rack. Figure 5-36: HP (Z440 Host) Rear Panel Connections
2. Pull out and hold the retaining locking pin and turn
the retaining latch 90° clockwise.
3. Release the retaining belt.
4. Put the computer 20-25 cm (8-10”) in front of the Power In
rack.
5. Connect the inner CRC rack cables to the Host
computer (Refer to Figure 5-36):
• Audio Out
• CAN Bus cable USB 1 USB 4
(Keyboard)
• Keyboard (Cardiac)

• LAN1 (1-Gbit RJ-45 to CIRS) - (Add on NIC) USB 3 USB 2

(Mouse) (Barcode)
• LAN2 Hospital Network (Mother Bd.)
USB 5
• Mic / Line In Spare
• Monitor Display 1 (left monitor) LAN 2
• Monitor Display 2 (right monitor) (Hospital) Line In
• Mouse Line Out
• USB for Barcode Scanner (Option)
• Power In Cable
Display 1 Display 2
6. Put the Host into position, attach the retaining belt,
and push the tray in the rack. LAN 1
(Host-CIRS
Connection
CAN Bus

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 157

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6.3 Dell T3600 Connections to the CRC Rack

If applicable, connect the Host computer as follows:
1. Place the computer 20-25 cm (8-10”) in front of the Host Rack.
2. Connect the following Host Rack cables to the Host Computer. Refer to Table 5-3 and Figure 5-37:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 158

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Table 5-3: Input/Output Figure 5-37: Dell T3600 Computer Rear Panel
Description Line in Line Out

Description
Audio OUT COM1 LAN2
(Hospital
CAN Bus cable Network) -
USB2 Comm
(Mother Bd.)
Keyboard Barcode Reader

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 159

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6.4 Z8 Server Connections to the CRC Rack

If applicable, connect the Server computer as follows:
1. Pull out the tray from the Combined Rack.
2. Connect the following cables to the server (see Figure 5-38 on page 160).
Figure 5-38: Server Z840 Rear Panel
1) Power button
2) Security cable slot
3) Power connector
4) Serial port
5) USB 3.x SuperSpeed ports (6)
6) RJ-45 (network) jack
7) RJ-45 (network) jack (AMT enabled)
8) PS/2 keyboard jack
9) PS/2 mouse jack
10) Audio-in (microphone) jack
11) Audio-out (headphone)
12) Ethernet ports (2; select products only)
13) PCIe slots (7)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 160

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6.5 Z840 Server Connections to the CRC Rack

If applicable, connect the Server computer as follows:
1. Pull out the tray from the Combined Rack.
2. Connect the following cables to the server according to Table 5-4 (see Figure 5-39 on page 161).
Figure 5-39: Server Z840 Rear Panel
Table 5-4: Z840 Cables
Power IN
Description

Power IN cable - make sure this switch is set for

the proper input voltage - 230 V from the Gantry
Keyboard
Mouse
ACQ (fiber optic, DS1, DS2, DS3, DS4)
USB Ports 1, 2
ACQ J2 USB (3.0)
LAN 2 Ports (Spare)
LAN 1: 1-Gbit 1 Gbit

LAN 2: Service, 10/100 MB

LAN 1
USB Ports (spare) I Gbit

ACQ
ACQ J2 (Fiber Cables)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 161

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6.6 T7600 Server Connections to the CRC Rack

If applicable, connect the Server computer as follows:
1. Pull out the tray from the Combined Rack.
2. Connect the following cables to the server according to Table 5-5 (see Figure 5-40).
Figure 5-40: Server Rear Panel
Table 5-5: Input/Output Description

Description
Power IN cable - make sure this switch is set for
the proper input voltage - 230 V
from the Gantry
Keyboard
Mouse Line in
ACQ (fiber optic, DS1, DS2, DS3, DS4)
LAN 1
ACQ J1 I Gbit
LAN 1: 1-Gbit Power IN
LAN 2
LAN 2: Service, 10/100 MB 10/100
Keyboard
MB
USB Ports (spare) USB Ports 1, 2

Mouse

ACQ J1 ACQ

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 162

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6.7 CRC Rack Power Connections

The CRC Rack PDU receives 230V AC power from the Gantry or UPS and distributes the voltage to the
Host Computer, Vertical Server and Console Table components (Monitor, Scan Control Box).
Refer to Install the UPS (Option) on page 209 if a UPS is used before connecting power to the CRC Rack.
Connect the CRC Rack PDU as follows:
1. Route the two monitor power cables of the harness (shown in Figure 3-67 on page 102) from the
monitors (console table) to the rear of the Host Rack.
2. If the console table is used, put the harness that comes from the Console Table into the cable tie so that
about 2-3 cm (0.8"–1.2") of the harness extends beyond the tie. Do not tighten the cable tie at this
time.
3. Connect the cables to the CRC Rack PDU according to Table 5-6 and Figure 5-41.

Figure 5-41: PDU Connections Table 5-6: Cable Connections to CRC Rack PDU

Connector Description Comments

J7 Power out to the Host computer Pre-assembled

Power out to Table Harness Monitor 1

Power out to Table Harness Monitor 2

J6 Power to the Vertical Server Power IN

From Gantry Right

GND CRC GND
Column

AC IN Power input from UPS controller/230V AC Load output

from Gantry Left Column

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 163

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6.8 Route the Harness and Other Cables to the CRC Rack

Notes: This section describes how to route the cables, do not connect them yet.
• Do not secure with zip ties until all of the cables are routed.

1. Put the harness that comes from the Console Table Figure 5-42: Route Cables as shown
(or Counter top) into the cable tie (marked A in of
Figure 5-42) so that about 2-3 cm (0.8"–1.2") of the
harness extends beyond the tie. Do not tighten the A
cable tie at this time.
F
2. Route the two DVI cables and the three USB cables
G
of the harness to the Connection Bracket on the
right.
3. Route the two power cables of the harness to the
PDU (B).
4. Route the following cables according to Figure 5-
42.
• Gantry P3 Cable (C)
• Ground Cable (D)
• CRC Power Cable (E)
• Optic and ACQ Cables from Gantry (F)
• IBOX USB/LAN cable (G)
B

E D
C

PDU

ON/OFF Switch

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 164

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6.9 Connect the Connection Bracket

Connect the cables to the Connection Bracket according to Table 5-7 and Figure 5-43.
Table 5-7: Connection Bracket Connectors

Cable From Connection Bracket Connector Comments

Network - RJ-45 - LAN 1 N/A

Network - RJ-45 Local Hospital network LAN2 N/A

Table Harness Mouse Mouse USB 1 N/A

Table Harness keyboard Keyboard USB 2 N/A

Barcode Reader (option) Barcode Reader USB 3 N/A

I-Box USB Connection I-Box USB 4 J2 (I-Box)

Other USB Connections - USB 5 N/A

DVI 1 (or DP 1) Monitor 1 DVI 1 (or DP 1) Right Monitor

AC P.S 1 Monitor 1 Monitor 1 Power In Right Monitor

DVI 2 (or DP 2) Monitor 2 DVI 2 (or DP 2) Left Monitor

AC P.S 2 Monitor 2 Monitor 2 Power In Left Monitor

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 165

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Note: For correct LAN connection on the Connection Bracket, verify the Host rear panel LAN connections.

Figure 5-43: Rack Connection Bracket

Note: This figure is for reference only.

5.6.10 Connect the I/O Panel

The input / output panel at the rear of the CRC Rack as shown in Figure 5-44 provides the connections to
power, network, fiber optic, and ACQ communication, as well as a ground connection.
1. Route the cables to the CRC Rack and connect them according to Table 5-8 and Figure 5-44.
2. Use cable ties to bundle loose cables.
Table 5-8: CRC Rack I/O Panel

CRC I/O
Cable From Comments
Connector

Cable Network CRC Connection Bracket LAN 1

LAN 1 N/A
RJ45 (host)

- - LAN 2 Service Port

Fiber Optic
Fiber Optic Gantry Right Column Connect according to label
(DS1,DS2,DS3,DS4)

ACQ P1 Gantry GHost ACQ N/A

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 166

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-44: CRC Rack I/O Panel

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 167

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.6.11 Fiber optic I/O Panel Cable Connections

Connect the CRC to Optic Cables as detailed below:

Optical Labeling Figure 5-45: Fiberoptic Connections

Fiber Color
ACQ Panel
Code
YELLOW DS1
WHITE DS2
BLUE DS3
RED DS4

5.6.12 Connect the SDB (Signal Distribution Board)

WARNING: Before installing, make sure that all power has been shut off at the Gantry, particularly the
TEAL (PDU) transformer and the Gantry itself.

WARNING: If there is a UPS on site, turn it off before performing the following procedures.

The SDB shown in Figure 5-46 is the interface between the Host Rack of the Operator Console and the
Gantry. The SDB includes all the connectors which distribute the signals to the system. The board is
passive; it does not include an electronic circuit.

Connect the SDB as follows:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 168

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

1. Open the Rear Door of the CRC Rack.

2. Connect the external cables to the SDB according to Table 5-9 and Figure 5-46.
Table 5-9: SDB Connectors for Internal Cables in Host Rack

Cable From SDB Connector

CAN Bus Cable Host Computer CAN P4

Audio-out Cable Host Computer Audio-out J3A

Gantry Cable G-Host P3

Scan Control Box Cable Scan Control Box J2

12 VDC Cable Power Distributor P24

Figure 5-46: SDB Panel

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 169

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

a. For Australia, you need to connect the scan control box cable to the End A of the following cable
(see Figure 5-47), then connect End B to the SDB J2 connector.

Figure 5-47: Cable

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 170

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.7 Install the IMR Racks

Note: Anchoring the IMR CIRS Rack to the floor is not mandatory unless dictated by local or national
regulations. If anchoring is required, see Anchor the CRC Rack .

IMPORTANT: Refer to the Site Planning Drawings to appropriately plan for cable length and layout before
routing cables.

5.7.1 Position and Connect the IMR Racks

1. Position the IMR CIRS Rack according to the site requirements.
2. Position the HOST next to the Operator Console.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 171

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

3. If the HOST rack is not standing straight and level, use the four pedestals (two at the front and two at
the rear) to level the rack and adjust the height.
a. Extend the pedestals in front and rear so that the IMR HOST rack stands firmly on the pedestals.

Figure 5-48: Front and rear level pedestals

b. If the site has the Philips Common table, raise the height of the IMR HOST Rack so that it lines up
with the table.
c. Use a water level or digital level to make sure that the IMR HOST Rack is standing straight and
level.
d. If the site uses an RJ-45 to USB extenders for the IBOX Connection, then install the local USB
extender on the empty shelf in the IMR HOST Rack.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 172

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-49: USB Extender

USB 4

IBox RJ-45 to
USB Extender

4. Connect the USB A/M to B/M Cable

Plug the B/M connector of the cable to local USB extender, and plug the A/M connector to the USB 4 on
HOST.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 173

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.7.2 IMR HOST Rack I/O Panel Connection

1. Connect the cables to the I/O panel according to Table 5-10 and Figure 5-50.
Table 5-10: IMR HOST Rack I/O Panel Connectors

I/O Panel
Cable From Comments
Connector

CIRS rack network HOST-CIRS Connection from the IMR

Network - RJ-45 LAN 1
switch CIRS rack network switch

Network - RJ-45 Local hospital network LAN 2 N/A

Table Harness USB Mouse Mouse USB 1 N/A

Table Harness USB Keyboard Keyboard USB 2 N/A

Barcode Reader (option) Barcode Reader USB 3 N/A

I-Box USB Connection I-Box USB 4 J2 (I-Box)

Other USB Connections - USB 5 N/A

DVI 1 (or DP 1) Monitor 1 DVI 1 (or DP 1) Right Monitor

AC P.S 1 Monitor 1 Monitor 1 Power In Right Monitor

DVI 2 (or DP 2) Monitor 2 DVI 2 Left Monitor

AC P.S 2 Monitor 2 Monitor 2 Power In Left Monitor

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 174

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-50: I/O Panel Connection

Note: This figure is for reference only.

2. Put the harness that comes from the Common table (or counter top) into the mounted cable tie located
just to the left of the I/O panel. Make sure about 2-3 cm (0.8”-1.2”) of the harness extends beyond the
tie. Do Not Tighten the cable tie at this time.

5.7.3 IMR HOST Rack Signal Distribution Board (SDB)

Connections
The SDB is the interface between the IMR HOST Rack and the gantry. The SDB includes all the connectors
which distribute the signals to the system. The board is passive; it does not include an electronic circuit.
1. Connect the external cables to the SBD according to Table 5-11 and Figure 5-51.

Table 5-11: SDB Connections IMR HOST

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 175

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-51: HOST Rack SDB Connections

a. For Australia, you need to connect the scan control box cable to the End A of the following cable
(see Figure 5-52), then connect End B to the SDB J2 connector.

Figure 5-52: Cable

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 176

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.7.4 IMR HOST Rack Power Connections

The IMR HOST computer received 230V AC power from the gantry or UPS and distributes the voltage to
the host computer and common table components (monitor and Scan Control Box).
Refer to Install the UPS (Option) on page 209 if a UPS is used before connecting power to the IMR HOST
and CIRS Racks.

1. Route the harness from the common table to the rear of the HOST Rack.
2. Put the harness that comes from the common table into the mounted cable tie so that 2-3 cm (0.8”-
1.2”) of the harness extends beyond the tie. Do not tighten at this time.
3. Connect the cables to the IMR HOST computer rack PDU according to Table 5-12 and Figure 5-53.
Table 5-12: IMR HOST cables

Connector Description Comments

Power Outlet Monitor 1 power cable N/A

Power Outlet Monitor 2 power cable N/A

GND HOST Rack GND From Gantry Left column

Power input from the UPS controller/

P9 (Power IN) Load output.
230V AC from the gantry left column

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 177

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-53: IMR HOST cable connections

4. Secure both cable harnesses to the cable tie so that about 2-3 cm (0.8”-1.2”) of the harness extends
beyond the ties.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 178

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.7.5 Connect power and ground cables for the IMR CIRS Rack
Some sites use a Console UPS, while other sites may not. Depending on site configuration, see:
• For Sites that use a Console UPS
• For Sites that do not use a Console UPS

Sites that use a Console UPS

If your site uses a Console UPS then you must
• Connect the power cables from the IMR CIRS and HOST Racks to the Console UPS
• Connect the ground cables from the IMR CIRS and HOST Racks to the Gantry
1. Route the power cables (4535 673 01841) from the Console UPS to both the IMR CIRS Rack and the
IMR HOST Rack.
2. Route the ground cables (4550 123 04272) from both the IMR CIRS and HOST Racks to the Gantry left
column. Refer to the site planning guide for the locations of cable troughs, conduits and other cable
runs.
3. Connect and Secure the IMR CIRS and HOST ground cables to the ground terminal. Torque to 8 Nm ±
0.48 Nm (70.80 in-lb ± 4.3 in-lb).
4. Confirm that both ground cables have been torqued to the specific value and record as pass in
Table H-2 (see Installation Record Document on page 397).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 179

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-54: Connect the IMR CIRS and HOST ground cables to the ground terminal

5. Continue on to Continue on to IMR CRC/CIRS Rack Power Connections .

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 180

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Sites that do not use a Console UPS

If your site does not use a Console UPS, then install the power and ground cables from the IMR CIRS Rack
to the Gantry.
1. Route the power cables (4535 675 54361) and ground cables (4550 123 04272) from the IMR CIRS and
HOST Rack to the gantry left column. Refer to the site planning guide for the locations of cable
troughs, conduits and other cable runs.
2. Connect the IMR CIRS and HOST Rack Power cable wires as follows:
• Connect the Hot (brown) to TB372-(2 and 3)
• Connect the Neutral (blue) to TB372- (4 and 5)
• Connect the Ground Wire (green/yellow) to TB372-(8 and 9)
3. Tighten the cables to 70.8 in-lb ± 4.3 in-lb.
4. Confirm that all cables have been torqued to the specific value and record as pass in Table H-2 (see
Installation Record Document on page 397).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 181

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-55: Connect the 230VAC cables

HOT to TB372, Terminals 2 and 3

Neutral to TB372, Terminals 4 and 5

Ground to TB372, Terminals 8 and 9

5. Connect the IMR CIRS Rack ground wire to an open terminal on the ground block. Torque to 8 Nm ±
0.48 Nm (70.80 in-lb ± 4.3 in-lb).
6. Confirm that the ground wire was tightened to the specific torque and record as pass in Table H-2
(see Installation Record Document on page 397).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 182

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-56: Power and Ground Cable connections to the Left Gantry Column with out a Console UPS

7. Continue on to IMR CRC/CIRS Rack Power Connections .

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 183

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.7.6 IMR CRC/CIRS Rack Power Connections

The IMR CRC/CIRS Rack receives 230V AC power from the Gantry or Console UPS.
1. Connect the cables to the IMR CRC/CIRS Rack PDU according to Figure 5-57 and Table 5-13 .

Table 5-13: Cable Connections to IMR CRC/CIRS Rack PDU

Figure 5-57: Connect cables to IMR CRC/CIRS Connector Description Comments

Rack TEAL (PDU)
From Gantry left
GND IMR CRC/CIRS GND
column

Power input from

either Console UPS or
AC IN Load output
230V from Gantry
Left Column

2. Continue with IMR CRC/CIRS Rack Connections .

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 184

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.7.7 IMR CRC/CIRS Rack Connections

1. Connect the Gantry Fiber Optic and Acquisitor cables according to Table 5-14 .
Table 5-14: IMR CRC/CIRS Rack I/O Panel

Cable From CIRS I/O Connector Comments

Connect the fiber optic cables according to

the label; demonstrated in Figure 5-59
• Yellow to DS1
Fiber Optic Gantry (right column) Fiber Optic
• White to DS2
• Blue to DS3
• Red to DS4

ACQ P1 Gantry GHost ACQ N/A

USB Not in Use USB 1 N/A

USB Not in Use USB 2 N/A

Figure 5-58: I/O Panel Figure 5-59: Fiber Optic cable connections

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 185

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Note: Table 5-15 provides additional details when performing steps 2-4 below.
Table 5-15: Network Cable Connections

Cable From I/O Panel Connector Comments

Depending on location of the IMR CRC/

Network - RJ-45 IMR Host Rack LAN 1 Network Switch CIRS Rack extra long LAN cable may be
required.

Network - RJ-45 CIRS S1 Server LAN 1 Network Switch Already connected during manufacturing

Network - RJ-45 CIRS S1 Server LAN 2 Network Switch Already connected during manufacturing

Network - RJ-45 CIRS S2 Server LAN 1 Network Switch Already connected during manufacturing

Network - RJ-45 CIRS S2 Server LAN 2 Network Switch Already connected during manufacturing

Already connected during manufacturing.

Certegra Box - LAN 4 on the SyncRight Network Switch Use this connection if Classic SyncRight
injector option is installed.
SyncRight RJ-45
Already connected during manufacturing.
Certegra Workstation - J112 on the Power
Network Switch Use this connection if Certegra
unit (Figure 5-61 on page 187)
Workstation injector option is installed

2. Connect the network RJ-45 cable from the IMR Host Rack LAN 1 to the network switch in the IMR
CRC/CIRS Rack.

Note: For SyncRight troubleshooting information, refer to the Brilliance 64/Ingenuity CT Service Tools User
Guide.
3. If the system has the Classic SyncRight option, connect the RJ-45 cable from LAN 4 on the Classic
SyncRight injector to the network switch.
4. If this system has the Certegra Workstation injector option, then connect the RJ-45 cable from the
Certegra Workstation Base Power Unit J112 to the network switch (Figure 5-61 on page 187).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 186

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-60: Example image of a network switch

Figure 5-61: J112 Connection on the Certegra Workstation Power Unit

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 187

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.8 Install and Connect the Power Distribution Unit

(for Pegasus CT PDU)
This section describes how to install and connect the ECT PDU. There are two types of PDU: Pegasus CT
PDU and CT PDU 115KVA PLUS.

Notes: Always refer to the latest revision of the site preparation documentation before starting the installation procedure.
• The ECT PDU must be configured to comply with local voltage and frequency.
• The FSE is only authorized to connect the power cable to the gantry left column.

WARNING: Do not turn on power to the system at this time.

WARNING: Make sure that all electrical connections are tight. Loose connections are the most common
failure point in this and all wiring systems.

Note: Only a licensed electrician authorized by the customer is allowed to perform line power device
installation. The Philips FSE is not authorized to install line power devices.

IMPORTANT: The ECT PDU is equipped with two 3-way safety switches. One is located at the front side,
below the lamp indicators (Figure 5-62 on page 189). The other is located on the upper left

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 188

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

rear side (Figure 5-63 on page 190). To enable power while the front and/or the ECT PDU
covers are removed, pull out the safety switches.

5.8.1 Remove the ECT PDU Covers

Front Cover
1. Using a Philips screwdriver, release and remove the front cover screws (see Figure 5-62).
2. Remove the front cover.
3. Place the removed cover in a safe location.

Figure 5-62: Pegasus CT PDU Front View (with and without the cover) (for example only)

Safety switch

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 189

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Rear Cover
1. Using a Philips screwdriver, release and remove the rear cover screws (see Figure 5-63).
2. Remove the rear cover.
3. Place the removed cover in a safe location.

Figure 5-63: Pegasus CT PDU Rear View (with and without the cover) (for example only)
Safety Switch

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 190

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.8.2 Connect the Cables to the ECT PDU

Power In
1. Connect the 3-phase wires to L1, L2, L3 in TB1, and torque the bolts to 25.0~30.0 Nm (18.5~22 ft-lb)
(Figure 5-64).
2. Connect the neutral wire to the neutral port in TB1, and torque the bolt to 25.0~30.0 Nm (18.5~22 ft-lb).

Figure 5-64: Pegasus CT PDU TB1 (power-in) (for example only)

TB1
Power in (3-phase) from wall box (or UPS)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 191

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Power Out to the Gantry

1. Connect the 3-phase wires to L1, L2, L3 in the TBX, and torque the bolts to 4.0~5.0 Nm (3.0~3.7 ft-lb)
(Figure 5-65).

Note: In Figure 5-65, the 480V AC TB is used.

2. Connect the neutral wire to the neutral TBX, and torque the bolt to 4.0~5.0 Nm (3.0~3.7 ft-lb).

Figure 5-65: Pegasus CT PDU 3-phase Power to the gantry (for example only)

neutral wire 3-phase power to the gantry

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 192

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Secure the Cables

1. Secure the cables to the ECT PDU internal chassis using the pre-installed cable fasteners (Figure 5-66).

Figure 5-66: Securing the cables to the ECT PDU (for example only)

2. Secure the cables to the ECT PDU chassis using cable fastening bracket (Figure 5-67).

Figure 5-67: Cable Fastening Bracket (for example only)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 193

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.8.3 Set the ECT PDU Current Sensitivity

At the ECT PDU front side:
1. Locate the sensitivity potentiometer block, located next to the main circuit breaker.
2. Open the plastic cover that protects the 4 potentiometers.
3. Based on your site requirements, set the Current Setting potentiometer according to the following
table:

Input Voltage 200 208 240 380 400 415 440 460 480 500

Set Points 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Figure 5-68: Current Setting Potentiometer

4. Close the plastic cover that protects the 4 potentiometers.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 194

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.8.4 Close the ECT PDU Covers

1. Mount the ECT PDU rear cover, and secure the cover screws using a Philips screw driver (Figure 5-
69).
2. Mount the ECT PDU front cover, and secure the 8 cover screws using a Philips screw driver.

Figure 5-69: Pegasus CT PDU Cover Screws Locations (for example only)

Front Cover

Rear Cover

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 195

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.9 Install and Connect the Power Distribution Unit

(for CT 115KVA PDU PLUS)
This section describes how to install and connect the ECT PDU (CT 115KVA PDU PLUS).

WARNING: Do not turn on power to the system at this time.

WARNING: Make sure that all electrical connections are tight. Loose connections are the most common
failure point in this and all wiring systems.

Note: Only a licensed electrician authorized by the customer is allowed to perform line power device
installation. The Philips FSE is not authorized to install line power devices.

IMPORTANT: The ECT PDU is equipped with two 3-way safety switches. One is located at the front side,
below the lamp indicators (Figure 5-70 on page 198). The other is located on the upper left

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 196

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

rear side (Figure 5-71 on page 199). To enable power while the front and/or the ECT PDU
covers are removed, pull out the safety switches.

5.9.1 Remove the ECT PDU Covers

Front Cover
1. Using a Philips screwdriver, release and remove the front cover screws (see Figure 5-70 on page 198).
2. Remove the front cover.
3. Place the removed cover in a safe location.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 197

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Figure 5-70: CT PDU 115KVA PLUS Front View (with the cover) (for example only)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 198

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Rear Cover
1. Using a Philips screwdriver, release and remove the rear cover screws (see Figure 5-71).
2. Remove the rear cover.
3. Place the removed cover in a safe location.

Figure 5-71: CT PDU 115KVA PLUS Rear View (without the cover) (for example only)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 199

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.9.2 Connect the Cables to the ECT PDU

Power In
1. Connect the 3-phase wires to L1, L2, L3 in TB1, and torque the bolts to 25.0~30.0 Nm (18.5~22 ft-lb)
(Figure 5-72).
2. Connect the neutral wire to the neutral port in TB1, and torque the bolt to 25.0~30.0 Nm (18.5~22 ft-lb).

Figure 5-72: CT PDU 115KVA PLUS TB1 (power-in) (for example only)

Power in (3-phase) from wall box (or UPS)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 200

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Power Out to the Gantry

1. Connect the 3-phase wires to L1, L2, L3 in the TBX, and torque the bolts to 4.0~5.0 Nm (3.0~3.7 ft-lb)
(Figure 5-73).

Note: In Figure 5-73, the 480V AC TB is used.

2. Connect the neutral wire to the neutral TBX, and torque the bolt to 4.0~5.0 Nm (3.0~3.7 ft-lb).

Figure 5-73: CT PDU 115KVA PLUS 3-phase Power to the gantry (for example only)

neutral wire 3-phase power to the gantry

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 201

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Secure the Cables

1. Secure the cables to the ECT PDU internal chassis using the pre-installed cable fasteners (Figure 5-74).

Figure 5-74: Securing the cables to the ECT PDU (for example only)

2. Secure the cables to the ECT PDU chassis using cable fastening bracket (Figure 5-75).

Figure 5-75: Cable Fastening Bracket (for example only)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 202

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.9.3 Set the ECT PDU Current Sensitivity

Input Voltage 200 208 240 380 400 415 440 460 480 500

Set Points 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Figure 5-76: Current Setting Potentiometer

4. Close the plastic cover that protects the 4 potentiometers.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 203

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.9.4 Close the ECT PDU Covers

1. Mount the ECT PDU rear cover, and secure the cover screws using a Philips screw driver (Figure 5-
69).
2. Mount the ECT PDU front cover, and secure the 8 cover screws using a Philips screw driver.

Figure 5-77: CT PDU 115KVA PLUS Cover Screws Locations (for example only)

Front Cover

Rear Cover

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 204

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.10 Anti-static Discharge (ESD) Protection

Instructions
Some system components contain electrostatic-sensitive parts. Static-sensitive components are supplied
in anti-static bags that protect against dust and prevent electrostatic discharge.
KEEP STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS IN THE ANTI-STATIC BAGS UNTIL THEY ARE REQUIRED.

!
CAUTION: Electrostatic discharge may cause damage to components. Make sure to use a wrist
grounding strap and to follow the ESD instructions in this section before handling electronic
components.
To help prevent component damage by ESD handle components circuit boards with care. Do
not touch the components or contacts on a board. Hold a board by its edges or by its metal
mounting bracket. Hold a component such as a processor by its edges, not by its pins.
Failure to comply may result in damage to components.

Purpose
This field service kit is designed to connect a field service engineer and the static-dissipative work mat to
the same ground point. The wrist strap and the dissipative mat drain any static charges from the body
and from any conductive objects placed on the mat, and prevent the generation of any new static charges.
To function properly they must be grounded properly using the alligator clip wire connection

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 205

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Parts
Anti-Static Field Service
Kit contains the Figure 5-78: Anti-static Service Kit Parts
following:
• Static-dissipative
work mat, with pockets
for storing kit Work Mat
components
Wrist
• Ground cord Strap
assembly
• Coiled cord
• Black cord
• Black snap
Coiled Cord
• Banana Plug
Alligator
• Alligator clip Clip

• Adjustable wrist strap Banana

Plug

Black
Cord Black Snap

1. Unfold the work mat on the couch and remove the kit contents from the mat pockets.
2. Snap the ground cord assembly to the work mat by means of the large black snap.
3. Slip on the elastic wrist strap. Adjust so that the wrist strap fits snugly, yet comfortably.
4. Connect the coiled cord of the ground cord assembly to the wrist strap by means of the small plastic
snap.
5. Connect the ESD alligator clip to a non-painted rack rail.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 206

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

6. Connect the black cord of the ground cord assembly to a metal surface of the Host Rack by the
alligator clip.
You are now static-protected, and can safely handle static-sensitive boards and components. Set each part
on the grounded mat only.

Transport replacement PC boards in static-shielding bags or containers. Place any faulty boards removed
from the equipment in static-shielding packaging so that additional damage is not incurred during
shipment to the repair depot.

Periodically check the conductivity of the anti-static wrist strap cord and the mat connecting cord by
measuring the resistance end to end using the standard FSE service multimeter. The resistance should be
around 1 Megohm. Replace the cord if its resistance is considerably higher than that.

!
CAUTION: The grounding procedures detailed above effectively remove static from conductive objects
like the human body or metal parts. However, non-conductive objects (such as synthetic
clothing, plastic coffee cups, cigarette packs, vinyl work order envelopes, or common
plastics) can also carry large amounts of static charge, and the charges on nonconductors
such as these cannot be removed by grounding. Therefore, you must take care to keep all
such nonconductors as far from the work area and sensitive equipment as possible.

5.11 Attach the Stability Bracket

Note: Skip instructions if the console is not used.

The Stability Bracket joins the Table and the console from the rear and is intended to prevent accidental
tipping. It is secured with two Philips-head screws to the Table.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 207

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

Note: If necessary, you can slide out the rack after the Stability Bracket is installed.

1. Ensure that the Table and console are level Figure 5-79: Attach the Stability Bracket
and are both the same height.
2. Slide the Stability Bracket so that one arm is
inserted into the top spacer of the rack (see
Figure 5-79).
Note: You can assemble the Stability Bracket on
either the left or right sides of the Table.
3. Secure the Stability Bracket under the table
top with two screws supplied in the kit.

CRC Space See Photo

CRC top space

Stability Bracket
Screws

Stability Bracket

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 208

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.12 Install the UPS (Option)

The UPS supplies power to the Host and Server Racks. The UPS can be situated next to the Operating
Station or in a different location. The maximum distance from either the Operating Station or the Gantry
is limited by the cable length of 16m (52.5ft).

Figure 5-80: UPS Connection Block Diagram

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 209

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

The UPS has two components: a battery Figure 5-81: UPS

unit and a controller. Refer to Table 5-16 2U Battery 3U Battery Controller
and Figure 5-81 for connections and
connection of Extension Battery Unit.
Note: For UPS controller and battery
unit mounting, refer to
RS232 from Host Rack
manufacturer’s document.

Plug in cable from 2U

Plug in cable from 3U

Power out to Host and Serv-

er Racks

Table 5-16: UPS Connections

Connector From To

AC cable Gantry Left Column TB372 UPS controller - input power connector

AC cable CRC Rack I/O panel - Power IN connector UPS controller - Load 2 connector

DC cable 3U Battery - Fix cable UPS controller - Battery connector

Note: Secure with two screws

DC cable 2U Battery - Fix cable 3U Battery IN connector

Note: Secure with two screws

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 210

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Installing the System

5.12.1 Vertical Positioning of the UPS

1. If applicable, remove the two side supports from the UPS and cover the screw holes with the supplied
snap on covers.
2. Place the UPS in an upright position inside of the stabilizer feet, with the control panel on the top
corner facing the front of the operator.
3. Position the UPS stabilizer feet approximately 10 cm (4 in.) from each end of the UPS. Refer to site
planning for placement of the unit inside of the room.

5.12.2 Connect power to the UPS

WARNING: Do NOT connect household appliances or laser printers into the UPS’s outlets. This will
overload your UPS system.

If your model features a detachable line cord, first plug the female end into your UPS’s AC Input
Receptacle and the other end into an electrical outlet.

Note: Once the UPS is plugged in, the fan and all indicator lights will turn ON. The UPS will emit a beep to
indicate normal operation. But power is not supplied to the UPS’s AC outlets until the UPS is turned
ON.

Note: UPS configuration will occur in a later section.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 211

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Section 6
Section 6 Pre-start-up Procedures
This chapter describes the following activities that are required before running the system:
1. Rotor Shipping Brace Removal on page 213
2. Check The Rotating Frame on page 217
3. Checking TEAL/PDU Cable Connection on page 218
4. Verify TEAL (PDU) Output Power Voltage on page 222

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 212

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

6.1 Rotor Shipping Brace Removal

Note: Make sure the Gantry system is bolted in position before removing the Rotation Bracket and Jack Brace.
1. From the rear of Gantry, open the rear cover and remove the Rotation Bracket at top rear position.
Refer to Figure 6-1.

Figure 6-1: Rotation Bracket at the Rear of Gantry

Rotation Bracket Remove four bolts,

Located at the Top washers and Rotation
Rear of Gantry Bracket

2. From the front of Gantry, open the front cover.

3. (If applicable): Mark the location of the dog house cover prior to removal and then carefully remove
the dog house cover.
4. Loosen the set screw to the jack base (use a 3/16 Allen wrench), loosen the nut (CCW) at the top of
support screw to lower the screw back into jack base. Refer to Figure 6-3.
5. Continue to lower the screw into the jack base until the screw is about 1-1/2” exposed.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 213

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

Note: This will lower the block away from the rotor surface for clearance.

6. Remove service pin from the rear lower right of the Gantry and rotate rotor to gain full access to
remove the jack base.

Figure 6-2: Service Pin in Lock Position

7. Remove the mounting hardware to the Jack Base and carefully move any wires/cables away when
lifting jack up and out from the base.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 214

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

Figure 6-3: Rotor Jack in Position

Counter Bore Hole

1/4 x 20
Set Screw

Nut (CCW)
to Loosen

Jack Base

Mounting Hardware Support Screw

8. With the jack base removed, check and clean the area of any debris.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 215

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

9. Install the protective cover to the gantry base, the cover is located to right inside wall of Gantry. Refer
to Figure 6-4.

Figure 6-4: Base Cover Plate Inside Wall

Base Cover Plate

10. The interrupter connection (zero flag) may be unplugged during shipment. Check and plug in the
connection. Refer to Figure 6-5.

Figure 6-5: Interrupter Connection (Zero Flag)

Plug In the Interrupter

11. Return the jack base and rotation bracket in returnable dollies crate.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 216

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

6.2 Check The Rotating Frame

WARNING: REMOVE POWER FROM THE SYSTEM

WARNING: INJURY HAZARD. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN MOVING THE ROTATING FRAME BY HAND.
THERE ARE MANY SHARP PROTRUSIONS AND CLOSE CLEARANCES ON THE ROTATING
FRAME. FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO SERVICE PERSONNEL.

1. Release the locking pin.

2. Slowly move the rotating frame two or three turns clockwise (CW) by hand.
3. Listen closely for any noises indicating friction between components or loose parts, etc. during the
manual rotation.
4. Check that all components on the rotating frame are tightly secured.
5. Secure any loose cables or components if necessary.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 217

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

6.3 Checking TEAL/PDU Cable Connection

WARNING: Make sure the CT System is powered off.

WARNING: Make sure that the main power at the wall box is OFF.
1. Switch off the main switch of the TEAL or PDU if the switch is on.
2. Open the fuses F351, F352, F353, F354, F355, F356, F357, F358, F359, F360 and F361 located on the
gantry left-up side.
3. Continue with one of the following according to the TEAL/PDU type:
• TEAL 100kVA ISOTRAN LM on page 219
• TEAL 100kVA ISOTRAN PLUS on page 219
• Pegasus CT PDU on page 220
• 115kVA PDU PLUS on page 221

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 218

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

6.3.1 TEAL 100kVA ISOTRAN LM

1. Measure the resistance between terminal U1, V1, W1 and PE of the TEAL input side, and make sure
there is no short, the measured resistance should be O.L (see Table 6-1).
Table 6-1: Input Side Resistance Value

TEAL 100kVA ISOTRAN LM

U1-V1 O.L

U1-W1 O.L

V1-W1 O.L
Input Side
U1-PE: O.L

V1-PE: O.L

W1-PE: O.L

2. Visually check the cable connections of the terminal U2, V2, W2 and GND in the TEAL output side,
make sure all the cable connections are connected well with no short to other cables or terminals.

6.3.2 TEAL 100kVA ISOTRAN PLUS

1. Measure the resistance between terminal U1, V1, W1 and PE of the TEAL input side, and make sure
there is no short, the measured resistance should be O.L (see Table 6-2).
Table 6-2: Input Side Resistance Value

TEAL 100kVA ISOTRAN PLUS

U1-V1 O.L

U1-W1 O.L

V1-W1 O.L
Input Side
U1-PE: O.L

V1-PE: O.L

W1-PE: O.L

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 219

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

2. Measure the resistance between terminal U2, V2, W2 and PE in the TEAL output side, and make sure
there is no short, the measured resistance should be O.L (see Table 6-3).
Table 6-3: Output Side Resistance Value

TEAL 100kVA ISOTRAN PLUS

U2-V2 O.L

U2-W2 O.L

V2-W2 O.L
Output Side
U2-PE: O.L

V2-PE: O.L

W2-PE: O.L

6.3.3 Pegasus CT PDU

1. Measure the resistance between terminal L1, L2, L3 and GND of the PDU input side, and make sure
there is no short, typically the measured resistance between L1 and L2 should be greater than 70Ω, the
rest should be O.L (see Table 6-4).
Table 6-4: Input Side Resistance Value

Pegasus CT PDU

L1-L2: >70Ω

L1-L3: O.L

L2-L3: O.L
Input Side
L1-GND: O.L

L2-GND: O.L

L3-GND: O.L

2. Visually check the cable connections of the terminal L1, L2, L3 and GND in the TEAL output side,
make sure all the cable connections are connected well with no short to other cables or terminals.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 220

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

6.3.4 115kVA PDU PLUS

115kVA PDU PLUS

L1-L2: >70Ω

L1-L3: O.L

L2-L3: O.L
Input Side
L1-GND: O.L

L2-GND: O.L

L3-GND: O.L

2. Measure the resistance between terminal L1, L2, L3 and GND of the PDU output side, and make sure
there is no short, the measured resistance should be O.L (see Table 6-6).
Table 6-6: Output Side Resistance Value

115kVA PDU PLUS

L1-L2: O.L

L1-L3: O.L

L2-L3: O.L
Output Side
L1-GND: O.L

L2-GND: O.L

L3-GND: O.L

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 221

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

6.4 Verify TEAL (PDU) Output Power Voltage

1. Switch OFF all breakers/fuses and switches on the Gantry Left column (see Figure 6-6).
2. Turn ON power from the main power supply.
3. Turn ON the TEAL (PDU) power switch (option).

Figure 6-6: Left Gantry Column

Slip Rings Main Drive

F351, F352, F353 F354, F355, F356

Stator Pwr Sup

Stator Pwr Elect
P/T & Tilt Pwr Sup

P/T Drive
Tilt Drive
Utility Console
F357, F358, F359 F360, F361
Switch to OFF Rotor Power
Position

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 222

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Pre-start-up Procedures

WARNING: DO NOT POWER UP THE GANTRY (LEAVE BREAKERS OFF).

Note: Always measure the voltage on the output power points.

4. Measure 480V between two phases at each of the three (3) Figure 6-7: Measurement Points
phase to phase points on the right side of the power
terminal (internal cable connections) (see Figure 6-7) as
follows:
Make sure to measure according to the label on the
terminal.
5. Record final values in Table H-2 (see Installation Record
Document on page 397).

Table 6-7: Measurement Points

Measurement Points Voltage

BRN—YEL
BRN—ORA 480V ± 10
YEL—BRN

Note: If not already detached, remove the rear cover and pull out the rear cover switch.

6. Remove power from the system:

a. Press the Blue Button on the Gantry Left column.
b. Turn OFF the TEAL (PDU).
c. Turn OFF the main power supply.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 223

7.1 Connect the Patient Support Power Cables

WARNING: Before powering up the system, make sure the ground cables are connected. Failure to do
so could result in an electrical shock to personnel.
1. Place the foot switch between the Gantry and the Patient Support.
a. Orient the foot switch with the cable end of the tape switch toward the Patient Support.
b. Make sure the cable end of the tape switch is not binding.
c. Make sure there is a gap between the foot switch sheet metal and the base of the Patient Support.
2. Carefully route out the cables from the center duct in the Gantry through the front Gantry opening.
3. Cut the tie wraps securing the cables to the Patient Support and carefully pull the cables from the
patient support.
4. Temporarily attach the large braided gantry-to-patient support ground cable (Patient Support PE1) to
the foot switch ground stud (Figure 7-1 on page 225).
5. Temporarily attach the patient support ground cable (PE FT SW) to the foot switch ground stud
(Figure 7-1 on page 225).
a. Snug the connection.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 224

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

6. Make temporary ground connections to the foot switch PE stud as follows:

Table 7-1: Foot Switch Stud Connection

Identifier From To

C1 Gantry FT SW PE Stud

C3 Patient Support PE1 Ground FT SW PE Stud

Figure 7-1: Foot Switch Stud Connection Detail

C3 From Patient Support

C1 From Gantry

Note: See Table 7-3 on page 236 for more details on the foot switch stud connection identifier.

Notes: The temporary connection will provide the Protective Earth ground connection for the patient support, and prevent
a shock hazard during installation.
• The regular gantry-to-patient-support ground cables can be attached at a later step.
• The foot switch ground final connections will also be made at a later step.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 225

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

7. Attach the “ship with” cables from the Patient Support to the gantry cables.
Table 7-2: Connect Gantry to the Patient Support
Patient
Gantry
Support
Connector
Connector

P746 J746

P743 J743

Figure 7-2: Connect Gantry to Patient Support

Connector Connector
P746-J746 P743-J743

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 226

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

Figure 7-3: Lowest Cover Panel Screws Removed

8. Make sure the four screws at the bottom of
the lowest cover panel near the service
bracket have been removed
(see Figure 7-3 on page 227).

Note: Do not remove the double-sided tape at this time. Remove when the centering alignment section is
completed.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 227

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

9. Set the switch on the Gantry left column to Service Mode.

10. If needed, lift the telescope covers and secure them with Figure 7-4: Lift the
the retainers at both ends of the Patient Support. (see telescope covers
Figure 7-4)
11. If needed, remove the cover to access the service mode
buttons.
12. Press the Service Mode switch to Service position on the
Patient Support bottom right-hand side (Figure 7-5).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 228

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

Figure 7-5: Service Switch

13. Add power to the system:

a. Switch OFF all breakers/Fuses and switches on the Gantry Left column (see Figure 6-6).
b. Turn ON the TEAL (PDU).
c. Turn on the gantry by pressing the Blue Button on the Gantry Left column.
d. Switch ON the breakers/fuses in the following sequence:

!
CAUTION: Wait at least one minute before you switch ON each breaker.
i. Slip Rings
ii. Utility
iii. Main Drive
iv. Console
v. Rotor Power
vi. All Switches
14. Raise the Patient Support enough to allow the vertical support to be in stalled as shown in the figure.
Be sure to stop before the scissor carriage bearing touches the support. Do not drive the carriage into the
support as this may cause misalignment of the vertical drive mechanism. (see Figure 7-6 below).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 229

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

Figure 7-6: Vertical Support Holder & Placement

15. Locate the green safety vertical support mounted to face of the scissor (Figure 7-6). Cut the tie-wrap
that confines the support cable and remove the support from the holder. Install the support as shown
(Figure 7-6).
16. Lower the patient support slowly until the table is tight against the safety support. Do not drive the
carriage into the support as this may cause misalignment of the vertical drive mechanism.

Note: On extended patient supports driving the support top down against the safety support bar will pull the
vertical ball screw nut out of it’s pocket and damage the safety microswitches. It will also be very
difficult to get the vertical ball-screw nut back in place.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 230

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

!
WARNING: Always insert the safety brace when performing any procedure underneath the patient table.

Figure 7-7: Remove Ground Wires / Safety Brace in Place

Ground Wires
Removed

Safety brace
inserted

17. Power down the gantry by pressing the gantry power (blue) button on the left gantry column.
18. Turn off power at the TEAL (PDU) or disconnect the main power supply to the Gantry at the wallbox.
Make sure to properly Lockout Tagout the wall box before working on the patient support.
19. If not already done, remove the inverter cover. This is necessary to access the right rear bolt position
(see Figure 7-8 below).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 231

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

Figure 7-8: Inverter Panel Assembly Figure 7-9: Rear Anchor Bolt Location

20. Make sure the leveling screws do not stick out of the bottom of the base plate prior to lowering the
Patient Support.
21. Lower the Patient Support by turning the wheels on the Transport Dollies until the Patient Support is
resting firmly on the ground.
Adjust the position of the patient support as needed to align it over the five (5) pre-drilled anchor
holes.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 232

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

22. Insert the five (5) anchor bolts but do not tighten until final anchoring.
a. Place a mylar washer (T11A-1039 / 453567241121) between each washer and base, wrap mylar strip
(T25B-1037 / 453567245951) around the anchor bolt before inserting into position.

IMPORTANT: If the floor was leveled using shims in advance, reinstall shims into proper locations at this
time.

Figure 7-10: Adding Mylar Strip

Washer Mylar Strip Washer Anchor Bolt

Base Mylar Washer
Base

FLOOR FLOOR

Mylar Strip Anchor

Anchor Bolt

Mylar Washer

Note: Ensure all washers and Mylar washers are installed between bolt heads and the Patient Support base.

b. Install and hand-tighten the five 1/2-13 x 1-1/4-inch Patient Support mounting bolts (4535 664
94191, S617-126) and flat washers (S612-16).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 233

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

c. Refer to Fig. 7-17, Fig. 7-18, and Figure 7-19 on page 244 show the anchor bolt locations.
23. Remove the Transport Dollies and store them in packing case.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 234

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

7.2 Connect the Patient Support

This section describes the following procedures:
• 7.2.1Connecting the GND on page 235.
• 7.2.2Connect Cables on page 238.
• Remove the temporary ground connections from the Foot Switch PE stud.

7.2.1 Connecting the GND

Ground Wiring: Use the Patient Support Wiring table (Table 7-3 on page 236) and Figure 7-11 to properly
wire the ground wires on the Patient Support in the order shown below:

Figure 7-11: PE1 and PE2 Proper Ground Wire Stacking

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 235

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

Table 7-3: Patient Support Wiring

Cable
Type of Cable or Function From To
Identifier

Gantry to Couch Ground, 2 AWG Large Flat

C1 Gantry Patient Support PE1 Ground Stud
Braided Green/Yellow Cable

Elect. Mtg. Plate To Main Ground, 10 AWG

C2 Patient Support PE2 (Internal) Patient Support PE1 Ground Stud
Green/Yellow Wire

CBL, Foot Switch Ground, 10 AWG Green/Yellow

C3 Foot Switch (PE) Patient Support PE1 Ground Stud
Wire

CBL, Scissor Ground, 10 AWG Flat Braided Cable Patient Support Scissor, PE4
C4 Patient Support PE1 Ground Stud
with Green/Yellow Heat Shrink Tubing (Internal)

C5 CBL, Ground, 10 AWG Green/Yellow Wire Gantry Patient Support PE2 Ground Stud

CBL, Fuse Holder Ground, 16 AWG Green/

C6 Patient Support PE10 (Internal) Patient Support PE2 Ground Stud
Yellow Wire

C7 CBL, Vertical Power, 16 AWG Green/Yellow Wire Patient Support PE3 (Internal) Patient Support PE2 Ground Stud

C8 CBL, Couch Power, 18 AWG Green/Yellow Wire Patient Support J1 (Internal) Patient Support PE2 Ground Stud

CBL, Power Board Ground, 16 AWG Green/

C9 Patient Support J721 (Internal) Patient Support PE2 Ground Stud
Yellow Wire

CBL, Control Board Ground, 16 AWG Green/

C10 Patient Support J709 Patient Support PE2 Ground Stud
Yellow Wire

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 236

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

• Connect GND cables as shown in Figure 7-12: Connect GND cables

Figure 7-11 on page 235, Table 7-3 on
page 236 and Figure 7-12.

Note: See Appendix G for torque

values.

PE1
(C1) Gantry Cable
PE2
(C5) Gantry Cable

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 237

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

7.2.2 Connect Cables

1. Connect the following Patient Support cables as shown in Figure 7-13 and Table 7-4 .

Figure 7-13: Connect patient table cables

J724 P702 P701 J717

Table 7-4: Connect patient table cables

Cable No. Description From To

L11925 Dual CAN cable (already connected) Gantry - J701 P701

L11925 Dual CAN cable (already connected) Gantry - J702 P702

L11924 GHost cable Gantry J724

Connection piece and

See Step 2 on page 239. Foot Switch cable J717
Gantry Rear Panel

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 238

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

2. Follow the steps labeled in Figure 7-14 below.

a. Connect the cable 453567033081 to connector J717-1.
b. Connect the piggy-back foot switch cable from the Gantry rear panel to connector J717.

Figure 7-14: Connect cables in the order shown

From Gantry Rear Panel

B
A

From Connection Piece

Patient Support Controller

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 239

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

7.3 Level the Patient Support

Note: The Patient Support was designed to provide maximum stability to the patient while scanning. It is,
therefore, rigidly and tightly assembled and still allows proper motion. Forcing a twist in the Patient
Support by incorrectly bolting it to the floor can cause it to function improperly. Use the supplied shims
to allow for variations and unevenness in the suite floor.

IMPORTANT: Incorrectly bolting the Patient Support to the floor can cause undesired Table performance.
Use the leveling screws in the base plate to diminish variations and irregularity in the
Scanner room floor.

Note: Digital level: 24” (spirit level) or equivalent is used to level the couch to within the accuracy of 0.1 degree
at each measuring point. DNM 60 L digital level is located in the (service tools catalog # 4522 500 66201)
on InCenter.
1. To check the Patient Support for level in the x-plane, place the digital level on the rear baseplate and
on the front baseplate.

Note: If the pre-installation inspection determined that the floor is out of specification (ref: Architectural
Planning Guide) then use the supplied shims and level the Patient Support. Do not place the level on or
across the corners of the Patient Support base. Refer to Figure 7-15 on page 241, as shown for proper
placement.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 240

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

IMPORTANT: When using the provided shims, don't forget to place shims for the center hole as well.
Failure to do so can cause undesired Table performance.

Figure 7-15: Leveling the Patient Support

Rear Front

2. To check the Patient Support for level in the z-plane, remove side covers on Patient Support to expose
the linear rails (refer to the Repair and Replacement manual for removal of side covers).
3. Place the digital level in three locations (directly above the mounting holes) along the linear rails on
both sides of the Patient Support in Figure 7-16 on page 242.

Note: Make sure the digital level is settled flush along the linear rail while checking.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 241

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

Figure 7-16: Check for Level on the Linear Rail (Both Sides)

Check for Level on Front of Linear Rail Check for Level on Middle of Linear Rail
Note: The level shown will only fit in the middle (on the
left hand side) because of the slight sag in the
kerk screw.
On the right hand side, you will have to move the
carbon top to get the cable manager out of the
way.

Check for Level on Rear of Linear Rail

Note: If the floor surface has a vinyl covering (soft surface) make sure to use shims and not the set screws to
achieve level.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 242

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

4. Level the Patient Support by adjusting the set screws at each mounting hole location. The Patient
Support can be raised at each corner and the middle to achieve level. Use the digital level to
determine when the Patient Support is level.
5. Insert the proper shims under the Patient Support base and around the bolts so they are tight.

Note: Tighten the anchoring bolts after Patient Support Figure 7-17: Rear Area
centering is completed in Section 9.6Patient Support
Centering and Final Anchoring on page 270.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 243

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

Figure 7-18: Front Area Figure 7-19: Center Area

7.4 Extended Couch Scan Line Label Installation

If applicable, the purpose of this Instruction is to relocate the "Scan Range Line" on both sides of the
Patient Support Carbon Top.

Note: When the couch is ordered a new longer pad with Ingenuity CT specific line is shipped with it.
1
If installing a Bariatric Couch (short), measuring distance from the head end would be 47 /4 inches (1200
mm).

1. Locate the "Scan Range Line" on both sides of the carbon top. Measure from the front edge of the
5
carbon top (Head End) as shown, to the line (see Figure 7-20). If it is at 57 /8 inches (1464 mm), do
not proceed with this Instruction. Otherwise, complete the following modifications.
2. Locate the existing "Scan Range Line" on both sides of the carbon top. Clean the line and surrounding
area with isopropyl alcohol - allow alcohol to completely dry. Apply the blank yellow "mask" labels
over the two existing painted lines. Note; the label is longer than required, position the label over the
line and just below the top edge of the carbon top lip and trim off the excess label at the Velcro strip.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 244

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

5
3. Measure 57 /8 inches (1464 mm) from the front edge of the top, down on the right and left side,
similar to the old scan lines (see Figure 7-20). Clean the new area with isopropyl alcohol, allow to dry
- install two new "Scan Line" labels vertically as shown. As before, position the labels just below the
top edge of the carbon top and trim off the excess length at the Velcro Strip.

Figure 7-20: Scan Line Placement

START MEASUREMENT AT CUT-OFF EXCESS LABEL AT THE

HEAD END OF CARBON TOP VELCRO STRIP

7.5 Standard Couch Scan Line Label Installation

The purpose of this Instruction is to relocate the "Scan Range Line" on both sides of the Patient Support
Carbon Top. The current markers have been relocated for the Brilliance System.

9
Note: If installing a Ingenuity 128 measuring distance from the head end would be 48 /16 inches (1234
mm).
15
If installing a Ingenuity Core measuring distance from the head end would be 49 /16 inches
(1269 mm).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 245

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Install the Patient Support

1. Locate the "Scan Range Line" on both sides of the carbon top. Measure from the front edge of the
9
carbon top (Head End) as shown, to the line (Figure 7-20). If it is at 48 /16 inches (1234 mm), do
not proceed with this Instruction. Otherwise, complete the following modifications.
2. Locate the existing "Scan Range Line" on both sides of the carbon top. Clean the line and surrounding
area with isopropyl alcohol - allow alcohol to completely dry. Apply the blank yellow "mask" labels
over the two existing painted lines. Note; the label is longer than required, position the label over the
line and just below the top edge of the carbon top lip and trim off the excess label at the Velcro strip.
9
3. Measure 48 /16 inches (1234 mm) from the front edge of the top, down on the right and left side,
similar to the old scan lines (Figure 7-21). Clean the new area with isopropyl alcohol, allow to dry -
install two new "Scan Line" labels vertically as shown. As before, position the labels just below the top
edge of the carbon top and trim off the excess length at the Velcro Strip.

Figure 7-21: Scan Line Location

START MEASUREMENT AT CUT-OFF EXCESS LABEL AT

HEAD END OF CARBON TOP THE VELCRO STRIP

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 246

8.1 Level the Gantry

Note: Do not attempt to level the Gantry until all eight of the anchor bolts are installed.
The Gantry should still be on the transport devices, but lowered to the floor. Follow the instructions
below to level the Gantry both directions.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 247

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

8.1.1 Gantry Left Column

1. Check that the left column is leveled front to back and left to right by placing a torpedo level on the
pillow block pads as shown in Figure 8-1 and Figure 8-2.
Figure 8-1: Left column: front-to-back level check Figure 8-2: Left Column: left-to-right level check

2. If the left column is level front to back and left to right, then proceed to section Gantry Right Column .
3. If column is not level, refer to the procedure in section 8.1.3 Add Shims on page 249.

8.1.2 Gantry Right Column

1. Check that the right column is leveled front to back and left to right by placing a torpedo level on the
pillow block pads as shown in Figure 8-3 and Figure 8-4.
2. If column is not level, refer to the procedure in section 8.1.3 Add Shims on page 249.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 248

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

Figure 8-3: Right Column: left-to-right level check Figure 8-4: Right Column: front-to-back level check

8.1.3 Add Shims

Note: Use gantry caster wheels to lift column to add/remove shims. However, when re-checking the column levelness, the
gantry must be resting on floor with gantry caster wheels fully unloaded.

1. If the Gantry is not level, adjust the transport device jack screws to level the Gantry.
2. Raise the column using the gantry caster wheels enough to add shims to the desired bolt hole
location.
3. Turn the level 90 degrees to check the side to side level of the columns.
4. If the Gantry is not level, adjust the transport device jack screws to level the Gantry.
5. Place the shim material under the appropriate location of the column base (see to Figure 8-5 on
page 250).
The shims are supplied with the system in various thicknesses (see Metal U-Shape Shims on page
251).
6. Lower the (4) leveling feet at each end of the Gantry columns to aid you in alignment/positioning
with the shims.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 249

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

7. Lower the column using the gantry caster wheels so that the column rests firmly on the shims and
floor. Make sure to raise the (4) leveling feet at each end of the Gantry before placing the full load on
the shims.
8. Verify that the Gantry is level in both directions again. Repeat steps 2 through 5 (if necessary).
9. The gap between the Gantry and each of the columns should be even from top to bottom.

Figure 8-5: Inserting Shims in Gantry Anchor Hole Position

Internal Anchor
Bolt

Leveling Shims (4) Leveling feet at each end of the

Gantry columns

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 250

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

8.1.4 Metal U-Shape Shims

Shim thickness provided in installation kit (18 pcs. each)
• 0.018” thickness, P/N 4535 663 60841
• 0.036” thickness, P/N 4535 663 60851
• 0.060” thickness, P/N 4535 663 60861

Figure 8-6: U-Shape shims

8.2 Set Gantry Columns to True Vertical Position

(Plumb)
Shorten the Gantry leveling jacks to set the bases of the left and right columns on the scanner suite floor.

IMPORTANT: For all instances where it is required to “set” the columns of the Gantry onto the floor, the
Gantry leveling jacks must be shortened to completely remove the wheels from contact with
the floor. The four casters should spin freely. This insures that all deflecting force is removed
from the columns.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 251

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

Note: At this point of the procedure the columns have been shimmed to level the Gantry left to right and front to rear. Next
verify that the columns are “plumb” (true vertical position). Determine if either column tips inward (toward the
stator box) or outward (away from the stator box). The tipping of a column from “plumb” may cause interference
with the stator box. View each column from both the front and rear of the Gantry. Inspect and measure the vertical
gap between the surface of the column and that of the stator box from each view. Determine if the gap between the
stator box and the column at the top is comparable to the gap between stator box and the column at the bottom. For
each view and each column, the gap from top to bottom should be equal within 2mm. Note that the gaps for the right
column may differ for those of the left column and an individual column gap viewed from the front may differ from
the gap viewed from the rear.

8.3 Plumb Gap Measurements of Right and Left

Column

Note: The figures shown here illustrate the gap measurement at top and bottom of Gantry from both the front and the rear.
Perform these measurements from both sides (left and right) of the Gantry.
1. View the right column from the front of the Gantry. Measure the gap between the stator box and the
top of the column. Measure the gap between the stator box and the bottom of the column.
2. View the right column from the rear of the Gantry. Measure the gap between the stator box and the top
of the column. Measure the gap between the stator box and the bottom of the column.
3. View the left column from the front of the Gantry. Measure the gap between the stator box and the top
of the column. Measure the gap between the stator box and the bottom of the column. Refer to figure
below.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 252

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

Figure 8-7: Gantry Front Left Column: Measuring Gap Figure 8-8: Gantry Front Left Column: Measuring Gap
at the bottom at the top

4. View the left column from the rear of the Gantry. Measure the gap between the stator box and the top
of the column. Measure the gap between the stator box and the bottom of the column.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 253

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

Figure 8-9: Gantry Rear: Measuring Gap at the bottom Figure 8-10: Gantry Rear: Measuring Gap at the top

5. If the gap differences for both the front and rear view of both the right and left column are <2mm
proceed to the end.
6. If the gap differences measured at any point are >2 mm then proceed to Plumb the Left and Right
Column .

8.4 Plumb the Left and Right Column

Note: Gap differences >2 mm indicate that additional shims must be installed. The “top gap” is set at the factory by
drilling and pinning the pivot shaft to the pillow block of each column. The “top gap” is a constant and will not
change appreciably due to a non-level floor in the scanner suite. The column must then be plumbed to alter the
“bottom gap” to match the “top gap”. The shim material that must be inserted should be minimal, having already

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 254

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

completed the previous procedures for leveling the Gantry columns. The shimming of one column will typically
affect the gap difference measured at the other column.
1. From the gap measurements, determine:
• the greatest gap difference, left or right.
• the bottom gap must be opened or closed.
Opening the “bottom gap” requires adding equivalent shim material beneath the column base to the
outside of the two outermost anchor bolts (to maintain the front to rear level of the column) Figure 8-9.
Closing the “bottom gap” requires adding equivalent shim material beneath the column base to the
inside of the two innermost anchor bolts (to maintain the front to rear level of the column) Figure 8-10.
2. Assemble two equivalent stacks of shims that are each ½ the thickness of the measured gap
difference. The shims may need to be modified so they don’t extend outside the footprint of the
column when placed to open the bottom gap.
3. Extend the four Gantry leveling jacks to raise the bases of the left and right columns off the floor to
allow placing the required thickness of shim material.
4. Set the columns of the Gantry back down onto the floor.

Figure 8-11: Plumb the Left and Right Column

Not to extend outside

footprint as shown

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 255

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

8.4.1 Re-measure the Right and Left Column

1. View the right column from the front of the Gantry. Measure the gap between the stator box and the
top of the column. Measure the gap between the stator box and the bottom of the column.
2. View the right column from the rear of the Gantry. Measure the gap between the stator box and the top
of the column. Measure the gap between the stator box and the bottom of the column.
3. View the left column from the front of the Gantry. Measure the gap between the stator box and the top
of the column. Measure the gap between the stator box and the bottom of the column.
4. View the left column from the rear of the Gantry. Measure the gap between the stator box and the top
of the column. Measure the gap between the stator box and the bottom of the column.
5. If the gap differences for both the front and rear view of both the right and left column are <2 mm
proceed to Final Step on page 256.
6. If the gap differences measured at any point are >2 mm, return to the section Plumb the Left and
Right Column .

8.4.2 Final Step

Using the water level, verify the levelness of the Gantry left to right and front to rear (see Level the
Gantry on page 247).

8.5 Gantry Level Verification

Check Parameter: Each Gantry column should be level front-to-back and left-to-right and at the
same vertical elevation.
1. Start with the LEFT column. Check that the left column is level front-to-back and left-to-right by
placing the supplied torpedo level on the column as shown in Figure 8-13 and Figure 8-14. The
column is level when the bubble in the torpedo level is equal distance from both alignment lines.
• If the left column is level front-to-back and left-to-right, then no corrective actions are required.
• If the column is not level, then go to level the column.

Note: A good indication that the column is leveled is the gap between the stator box and column. If this gap is equal along
the length of the column (top to bottom) for both the front and rear sides, then the column is most likely leveled. If

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 256

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

this gap gets smaller towards the bottom of the column or if the gap gets smaller toward the top of the column, then
the column is likely not leveled and needs to be adjusted using shims.

Figure 8-12: Left column: front-to-back level check

Pillow Block

Torpedo level placed on pillow

block pad of column.

Figure 8-13: Left Column: left-to-right level check

Pillow Block Pad on left column

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 257

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

2. Go to the RIGHT column. Check that the right column is level front-to-back and left-to-right by
placing the supplied torpedo level on the column, as shown in Figure 8-14 and Figure 8-15 (for the
right column, the cable management bracket may have to be removed). The column is level when the
bubble in the torpedo level is equal distance from both alignment lines.
• If the right column is level front-to-back and left-to-right, then no corrective actions are required.
• If the column is not level, then go to the beginning of this section to level the column.

Figure 8-14: Right Column: left-to-right level check

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 258

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Final Gantry Leveling

Figure 8-15: Right Column: remove tie-wrap and perform a front-to-back level check

This tie-wrap cable will have to

be removed for torpedo level to
fit on pillow block pad.

Place torpedo level as shown on

column. Cable manager bracket
does not have to be removed
unless it interferes with the
torpedo level resting on the
column.

3. Check that both Gantry columns are at the same vertical elevation.
• If the columns are at the same vertical elevation, then reinstall the mounting-bracket, rear cone
assembly, and rear cover.
• If the columns are not at the same height then add or remove shims to equalize the elevation
without changing the front-to-back and left-to-right levelness of the columns.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 259

IMPORTANT: The Patient Support or the Gantry should not be in the service mode when powering the
Gantry. This will cause an error and the Gantry will not power up correctly.

9.1 Check the Rotating FRAME

1. Make sure the power is removed. Manually check that all components on the rotating frame are
tightly secured.

!
WARNING: INJURY HAZARD. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN MOVING THE ROTATING FRAME BY HAND.
THERE ARE MANY SHARP PROTRUSIONS AND CLOSE CLEARANCES ON THE ROTATING
FRAME. FAILURE TO COMPLY MAY CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO SERVICE PERSONNEL.

2. Slowly move the rotating frame two or three turns clockwise (CW) by hand. Listen closely for any
noises indicating friction between components or loose parts, etc. during the manual rotation. Secure
any loose cables or components if necessary.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 260

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

9.2 System Power Up

1. Add power to the system:
a. Make sure the wallbox power is on.
b. Switch OFF all breakers/Fuses and switches on the Gantry Left column (see Figure 6-6).
c. Turn ON the TEAL (PDU).
d. Turn on the gantry by pressing the Blue Button on the Gantry Left column.
e. Switch ON the breakers/fuses in the following sequence:

!
CAUTION: Wait at least one minute before you switch ON each breaker.
i. Slip Rings
ii. Utility
iii. Main Drive
iv. Console
v. Rotor Power
vi. All Switches
2. Turn ON the Power Switch on the back of the Server computer before starting the Host computer.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 261

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

Figure 9-1: Rear View of Server’s Power Switch

Turn ON Power
Switch, located on
the rear of Server

3. Power up the Server, press and hold the Power button on the Server until the green light is on.
4. Turn ON the power to the Host computer and turn ON the monitor.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 262

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

9.3 Select Couch Type

Note: Make sure to select the right couch type, model number location at front end.

If you have an Extended Couch or Bariatric Couch, follow the steps below.
1. Open E-Stop.
2. On the Philips SupportConnect framework, click Configurations.
3. On the Navigator, click Gantry > Change Couch Type.
4. On the Couch Type dialog box, select the couch type according to the Model that appears on the
Patient Support label.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 263

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

Note: Be aware that part numbers can change during the product’s life cycle. Select the couch based on its type
and system type.

Figure 9-2: Select Couch Type

5. Click OK.
6. When you see the message “Update had finished successfully”, click OK.
7. Close Service Tools, and click Yes at the confirmation dialog box (Figure 9-3).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 264

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

Figure 9-3: Click Yes in dialog box

8. On the Service Notes window, enter the required information (Figure 9-4).

Figure 9-4: Enter Information in Service Notes window

9. Click OK.
10. Restart the Host Computer:
a. Click the Start button.
b. Click on the Shut down list.
c. Select Restart.
11. When the System Reset message appears, click Confirm.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 265

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

Figure 9-5: Click Confirm

12. Reboot the Gantry:

Press and hold the Gantry power (blue) button
13. Wait two (2) minutes and press the Gantry power (blue) button.
14. At the Host Computer, wait for the E-stop prompt.
15. Close E-stop.

9.4 Anchor the Gantry

!
WARNING: Pinch Hazard—use extreme caution when lowering the Gantry to the floor. Keep extremities
away from the Gantry base until the weight of the Gantry rests completely on the floor.
Fingers can be caught in close clearances between the screw jacks, Gantry, and floor. Failure
to comply may result in serious injury to service personnel.
1. Tilt the Gantry and open the anchor screw cover to get to the inside anchors Figure 9-7.
2. Remove power from the system.
a. Open E-stop.
b. Power down the Host and CIRS.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 266

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

c. Remove power from the Gantry by pressing the Blue Button on the Gantry Left column.
d. Remove power from the TEAL (PDU)
e. Remove Power from the wall.
3. Insert the inside bolts.
4. Use a 3/4” socket and ratchet to snug the 1/2”-13 x 2.25 LG anchor bolts.
5. Torque all anchor bolts to 22 ft-lbs ± 1.32 ft-lb(approx. 30 Nm ± 1.8 Nm).
6. Re-apply power to the system and re-tilt the gantry to gain access to the second set of inside anchors.
7. Remove power to the system, insert the inside bolts.
8. Use a 3/4” socket and ratchet to snug the 1/2”-13 x 2.25 LG anchor bolts.
9. Torque all eight (8) anchor bolts to 22 ft-lbs ± 1.32 ft-lb (approx. 30 Nm ± 1.8 Nm).
10. Confirm that the final torque setting of the torque wrench is set to 22 ft-lbs ± 1.32 ft-lb.
11. Confirm that all of the bolts have been torqued to the specific value and record final torque
completion in Table H-2 (see Installation Record Document on page 397).
12. Tilt the Gantry if necessary and close the internal four anchor bolts with the cover plate Figure 9-7.
13. Before any connections are made to the Gantry, check Isolation with an OHM meter to the scanner
safety GND (green/yellow conductors) to facility provided ground.
14. Remove the facility ground from the left side of the gantry; if has been connected.
15. Measure the resistance from the ground point on the gantry to the facility ground wire.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 267

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

Figure 9-6: Checking Ground

16. Resistance should be >100 KNote: the other lead will go to the facility ground.Refer to Figure 9-6.
If the resistance is not >100 Kan anchor bolt may be touching building steel. Make sure the Gantry
is properly insulated, refer to Step 3 on page 109 and Figure 4-2.
17. Record the resistance in Table H-2 (see Installation Record Document on page 397).
18. Reconnect the facility ground. Torque to 8.0 ± 0.48 Nm (70.8 ± 4.3 in-lb).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 268

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

Figure 9-7: Gantry Anchor Bolts

anchor
screw
cover

Inside anchor bolt.

9.5 Remove the Transport Device

If the Gantry is level and the columns are parallel, the transport devices can be removed. However, it is a
good idea to actually verify the tilt before doing so.
1. Detach the transport device as follows:
a. Use a 3/4” socket and ratchet to remove the two attachment screws from each transport device. Put
the bolts back in the Gantry.
b. Move each transport device away from the Gantry. Repeat for each transport device.
2. Package each transport device in the appropriate shipping container (see transport device cases in
Section 3.3.1 Prepare the Gantry for Transport on page 48).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 269

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

9.6 Patient Support Centering and Final Anchoring

When the system is ready to take a CT scan and prior to checking the relative positioning of the table or
the alignment of the phantom, the table must be in the center of the scan circle. The following procedure
quickly checks for Patient Support centering. The column covers must be off for this procedure.
Verify Patient Support is perpendicular to the Gantry by measuring the distance from the two rear couch
corners to the column brackets. This distance of both measurements should be equal with a tolerance of ±3
mm. If the two measurements are not within this limit, reposition the rear of the Patient Support and
verify. Recheck the levelness of Patient Support.
Scan and Verify Patient Support is Centered in the Scan field.
1. Power up the system. Push the table top into the scan circle.
2. Take an axial scan of the table top. Measure the distance from each edge of the table top to the edge of
the scan field.
3. Take a vertical pilot scan of the leading edge of the Patient Support. This will help ensure
perpendicularity.
4. You can make minor adjustments to the Patient Support because it has not been torqued to the floor.
Re-scan as necessary.
5. After the Patient Support is in the center of the scan circle, torque the bolts to 22 ft- lbs ± 1.32 ft-lb (30
Nm ± 1.8 Nm).
6. After all bolts are torqued to the specific value, confirm the final torque setting on the torque wrench.
Record completion of final torque in Table H-2 (see Installation Record Document on page 397).
7. Attach the couch foot switch to the floor now with the double stick tape.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 270

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

9.6.1 Foot Switch Grounding and Cover Installation

Ground the foot switch and then install the cover with the instructions below.
1. Make sure that all the cables that are routed through the Figure 9-8: Route all cables through foot switch box
Foot Switch box, are properly secured, and that they are
as close as possible to the Foot Switch box floor as shown
in Figure 9-8.

Ingenuity does not have this heavy braided cable.

2. Make sure that the four (4) springs and their plastic tubes Figure 9-9: Install the springs and plastic tubes
are installed in each corner of the foot switch. Refer to
Figure 9-9.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 271

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

3. Refer to Figure 9-10 to properly ground the foot switch. Figure 9-10: Proper grounding of the foot switch
Place the cables in the following order starting from the FS ground
base of the foot switch. FS ground from Gantry
• Star washer FS top cover ground from Couch
• FS ground from gantry
• Star washer
• Nut
• FS Ground from couch
• FS ground from FS top cover
• Star washer
• Nut
Note: Tighten the nuts to the torque specified (see General
Torque Value Specifications on page 395).
4. Install the FS top cover ground to the cover of the foot Figure 9-11: Ground the FS top cover
switch. Refer to Figure 9-11 for proper grounding
configuration. FS top cover ground FS Top Cover

Note: Make sure the FS top cover ground is orientated towards

the center of the foot switch.
Note: Tighten the nuts to the torque specified in (see General
Torque Value Specifications on page 395).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 272

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

5. Install the Foot Switch cover and top cover, and press it Figure 9-12: Foot Switch Cover screws
down until the cover holes align with holes on the sides
of the Foot Switch box.
6. Secure the cover with four screws using a flat
screwdriver as shown in Figure 9-12.
7. Install the four 3/4” Silver Plugs.
8. Visually center the footswitch assembly between the
patient support base and the gantry base.
Make sure to allow sufficient space to remove the
footswitch cover when the gantry base and patient
support base covers are installed.
9. Mark the location of the footswitch with a pencil.
10. Slide the footswitch assembly away from the marked
location and clean the floor surface of any dirt and
debris.
11. Replace footswitch and align to marked location.
12. Lift the footswitch assembly to remove the protective
paper from the double-sided tape on the assembly.
13. Press the footswitch firmly into place to adhere it to the
floor.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 273

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

14. Install the patient support base plinth cover with 2 Figure 9-13: Plinth foot cover
screws.
15. Install and secure the front Plinth foot cover (see
Figure 9-13) using the button head screws .
16. Cover the screws with the 5/8” Hole Silver screw cover.

Front Plinth Foot Cover

Base Plinth Cover

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 274

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

17. Install the Service Switch Cover plate and secure with the Pan Head Nylon Slotted screws, as shown in Figure 9-14.
Figure 9-14: Install service switch cover plate

5/8” Hole Silver screw

cover

Pan Head Nylon Slotted Screws Service Switch Cover plate

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 275

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

18. Secure the ESD rear under cover, as shown in Figure 9-15.
19. Secure the ESD front under cover, as shown in Figure 9-15.

Figure 9-15: Secure ESD

Patient Support ESD

Patient Support ESD Rear Front Under Cover
Under Cover Nylon Pan Head Screws - M5
(P/N 4535 675 04501)

Nylon M6 Screws (P/N 4535 674 87111)

and flat washers

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 276

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry and Patient Support Anchoring

9.6.2 Rear Foot Switch Installation

1. Connect the Foot switch plug into the Foot switch port at the rear of the Gantry (see Figure 9-17).
Figure 9-16: Rear Foot switch Figure 9-17: Rear Foot switch Connection

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 277

10.1 Protective Earth (GROUND) System

Measurements

!
WARNING: HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES INSIDE WALL BOX. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN DOING
GROUND TESTS ORIGINATING FROM THE INSIDE OF THE WALL BOX. FAILURE TO COMPLY
CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO SERVICE PERSONNEL.

Test to verify connection integrity of protective earth (ground) within the CT SYSTEM.
Before beginning ground testing:

1. Verify equipment isolation check is complete.

2. Safely shut down Host & CIRS from windows prior to removing all system power.
3. Remove all power from CT SYSTEM at the wall box.
4. Lockout the wall box.
5. Remove external power from HOST and RECON if necessary.
6. Make sure that all CT SYSTEM components are connected, by visual inspection.
7. Make sure that all grounding cables are installed, by visual inspection.
8. Make sure that multi-meter leads are long enough to reach the farthest test points.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 278

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

10.1.1 SETUP:
1. Set the calibrated DVM to measure resistance.

Note: Set the DVM to the most accurate range for measuring low voltages.
2. Measure lead resistance by shorting leads together.

Note: It may be necessary to connect multiple leads to achieve the required length to reach the farthest test
points. Make sure to measure the total resistance of all leads.
3. Record the lead resistance as value (B) in Table H-3 on page 400.

10.1.2 Test
1. Measure and record ground resistance from the main system ground (Facility ground) to each of the
eight (8) test points indicated below.
2. Record the values in the “Measured Value (A) Ohm” column in Table H-3 on page 400.
3. Calculate the actual resistance by subtracting the measured value minus the total lead resistance. Do
this for all measured points.
Value (A) - Value (B) = Actual Value
Each value must be within the specification listed in Table H-3 on page 400.
4. Record all calculated values in the “Actual Value” column of in Table H-3 on page 400. and record if
passing.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 279

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

A photo directory of all test points is listed below.

Figure 10-1: TEAL (PDU) Ground Check at Locations

Gantry Stator Frame Area (Ground Stud TP 4)

Gantry Rotor Area (Ground

Screw Behind the FRC TP 5)

TEAL (PDU) LM Ground (TP1)

TEAL (PDU) Plus Ground (PE4)

Gantry Left Stator Gantry Right Stator

Area (TP 2) Couch Top Couch Base Area (TP 3)
Rear Area (TP Area (TP 6)
7)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 280

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

Figure 10-2: ECT LM Ground Check at Location

ECT LM Ground (X0) - The

Ground is the same for
ECT PLUS

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 281

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

Test Point TP2

Figure 10-3: Gantry Left Column (“APE” SCR)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 282

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

Test Point TP3

Figure 10-4: Gantry Right Column (Din rail mount of TB 251)

Test Point TP4

Figure 10-5: Gantry Stator Frame (GRD Stud Centered under the ACCU board)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 283

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

Test Point TP5

Figure 10-6: Rotor (GND Screw behind right rear corner of the FRC)

Test Point TP6

Figure 10-7: Couch Base (“PE 1” Screw)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 284

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

Test Point TP7

Figure 10-8: Couch Rear Top (“PE 6” Screw)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 285

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

Test Point TP8

Figure 10-9: CRC Rear Ground Stud

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 286

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

Test Point TP9

Figure 10-10: Host Rear Computer Tray

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 287

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Check

Test Point TP10

Figure 10-11: Server Rear Computer Tray

10.2 Programming Couch CPM

Note: Perform programming only if there is a Deviation result indicated in the System Configuration screen
after you click 'Verify'.
Follow the procedure in section Patient Table Component Programming in the Product's Hardware
Programing Manual for Couch Boot Flash and Applications programming.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 288

This chapter describes the first time operation and initial system verification of the system.

11.1 Close Duct Covers

Secure the covers of the ducts in the floor in place. Make sure that they are perfectly level with the floor
and there are no bumps or uneven spots that may cause people to trip.

11.2 Close System Covers

11.2.1 Gantry Lower Column Covers
The Gantry Lower Column cover has a number of contact points, including two magnets mounted on the
Gantry Lower Column as shown in Figure 11-1 and a single socket head cap screw secured to the
mounting bracket as shown in Figure 11-2.
Close the Lower Column covers as follows:
1. Slide in the lower cover to the Gantry without raising it from the floor.
2. Make sure that the magnets are engaged.
3. Tighten the socket head cap screw.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 289

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

Figure 11-1: Lower Column Magnet Figure 11-2: Mounting Screw

Secure Lower Cover
Magnet

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 290

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

11.2.2 Gantry Upper Column Covers

The Gantry Upper Column covers are mounted by hanging them on the upper bracket and secured with
a single socket head cap screw.
1. Hang the cover on the top bracket (shown in Figure 11-3).

Figure 11-3: Upper Bracket Figure 11-4: Gantry Upper Column Cover

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 291

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

2. Tighten the socket head cap screw.

Figure 11-5: Bracket for Mounting Screw Figure 11-6: Screw location on cover

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 292

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

11.2.3 Gantry Rear Cover

!
WARNING: THE APPROXIMATE WEIGHT OF THE COVER IS 30 LBS. (13.6KG). THE FOLLOWING
PROCEDURE REQUIRES TWO PEOPLE.

The rear cover hangs on upper mounting bracket and is secured with 3/4” button cap screws (4 qty) and (2
qty) 3/16” Allen hex screws at the lower left and right corners area of the rear cover as shown in Figure 11-
7.
1. Simultaneously lift the cover from both sides and hang it on the upper inside brackets.
2. Tighten the six screws.

Figure 11-7: Gantry Rear Cover

Four Hex screws holding Gantry Rear Cover

Upper Inside Bracket

Lower Inside Bracket (2X)

Two 3/16 Allen Hex screws holding Gantry Rear Cover

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 293

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

Figure 11-8: Gantry Rear Lower Panel Cover

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 294

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

11.2.4 Attach the Gantry Rear Control Panel Connectors

Connect the Gantry Rear Control Panel harness as shown in Figure 11-9 to the rear bracket located on the
right column.

Figure 11-9: Attach the gantry rear control panel connector

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 295

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

11.2.5 Gantry Front Cover

1. Close the Gantry Front Cover. Figure 11-10: Tighten screws on lower front cover
2. Tighten the two socket head cap screws
(see Figure 11-10).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 296

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

11.3 Final Checks

!
WARNING: ELECTRICAL HAZARD! BEFORE SWITCHING POWER OF YOUR SYSTEM ON, MAKE SURE
THAT IT IS WIRED APPROPRIATELY TO YOUR COUNTRY’S POWER SUPPLY.

Before switching ON the system, check that the following conditions are true:
• All mains cables, protective conductors and system cables are connected.
• All radiation ON indicators provided by the customer are installed and connected.
• The protective conductor measurement has been performed and the results are within the specified
tolerance.
• The rear cover of the Gantry is closed.
• The couch has been latched into its normal mode.
• All radiation protection measures have been taken.
• The CT site has been cleaned.
• The scanner, equipment, and control rooms comply to the temperature and humidity control
requirements detailed in the “Room Requirements” section of the System’s Planning Reference Data
(PRD) document.
• No one is present in the scanner room.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 297

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

11.3.1 Check the Emergency Power Off Buttons

Every site must have emergency shutdown buttons that cut OFF all power to the system.
1. Press an emergency shutdown button and make sure that they work properly.
2. Return power to the system.
3. If there is more than one shutdown button, repeat the above steps for each button.

11.3.2 Check Emergency Stop Buttons

E-stops are required to ensure safety during X-ray and System motion. make sure all E-stops are
functioning properly.
There are six (6) E-stop buttons: Two on the Gantry front cover (L/R), two on the Gantry rear cover (L/R),
on e on the ACCU (Gantry left column) and on eon the CT Box.
1. With power applied to the system; close E-stop (if not closed already).
2. Press the E-stop button on the Scan Control Box.
3. Wait for the “Keyswitch Prompt” on the Host monitor.
4. Wait one (1) minuet and close E-stop.
5. Continue to check all remaining E-stop buttons with the above listed steps.
6. Record each E-stop test result in Table H-2 of Appendix H: Installation Record Document .

11.3.3 Check the Door Contact Switch

If a door switch was installed, perform this test to check whether the switch interrupts radiation when the
door is opened.
To perform the test, do the following:
1. Select any spiral protocol with radiation.
2. Press Manual Scan.
3. Open the door that has the switch.
The switch passes the test if scanning stops immediately and an appropriate message appears on the
screen.
4. Record each E-stop test result in Table H-2 of Appendix H: Installation Record Document .

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 298

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

11.3.4 Check Fans in the Gantry

When power is on, check that all of the fans in the Gantry, CRC Host Rack and CRC Server Rack are
working.
Record each E-stop test result in Table H-2 of Appendix H: Installation Record Document .

11.3.5 Check Patient Support Movement

1. Make sure the stretcher is out as far as possible.
2. In the Patient Support Service Switch Panel (front lower right side), switch to Service.
Also from the Gantry left column turn the key switch to Service Mode.
3. Move the Patient Support UP and DOWN, but not to its lowest or highest positions. During the UP
and DOWN movement, check that the scissors do not make contact with any cables. Leave the Patient
Support in a low (but not the lowest) position.
4. In the Service Switch Panel, turn the key switch back to Normal Mode.
5. Record each E-stop test result in Table H-2 of Appendix H: Installation Record Document .

11.3.6 Check Movement from the Gantry Panel

Close E-stop and use the following procedure to check movements from the front and back Gantry
panels. All movements should be smooth and you should not hear any unusual noise.

Motion Direction and Market Function

• IN
• OUT
• UP
• DOWN
• TILT
• Markers ON
• Markers OFF
1. For each of the following motions check that:
• Motion is enabled

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 299

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

• The motion is initiated when the gantry panel buttons are pressed
• The motion stops when the gantry panel button is no longer depressed
2. Record the passing result of each specified movement/function in Table H-2 of Appendix H:
Installation Record Document .

!
CAUTION: Collision Hazard! When mounting the phantom make sure that it is positioned so that it will
not come in contact with the Gantry covers or the rotor.

Note: The LEDs in the Gantry panel are ON only when the corresponding movement is enabled. If the LED is
OFF, the movement is disabled due to the safety envelope.

11.3.7 Check Movement from the Scan Control Unit

Use the following procedure to check movements from the Scan Control Box panel. All movements
should be smooth and you should not hear any unusual noise.

Motion Direction
• IN
• OUT
• UP
• DOWN
• TILT

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 300

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

1. For each of the following motions check that:

• Motion is enabled
• The motion is initiated when the gantry panel buttons are pressed
• The motion stops when the gantry panel button is no longer depressed
2. Record the passing result of each specified movement in Table H-2 of Appendix H: Installation
Record Document .

Note: The LEDs in the Gantry panel are ON only when the corresponding movement is enabled. If the LED is
OFF, the movement is disabled due to the safety envelope.

11.3.8 Laser Marker Alignment Verification

!
CAUTION: Laser markers must be aligned for accurate and safe scans.
Inspect the Laser Markers alignment as follows:
1. Power ON the lasers.
2. Make sure that the laser markers are properly aligned (refer to the Ingenuity 4.1 Calibration and
Adjustment Manual).
3. Record alignment results in Table H-2, “Installation and Final Specification Records,” on page 398.

11.3.9 Long Tube Conditioning

The system requires long tube conditioning. This can be done via the Calibration Scan GUI.
Record results in Table H-2 of Appendix H: Installation Record Document .

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 301

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

11.3.10 Patient Support Covers

1. Power up the system and close E-stop. Figure 11-11: Patient table safety check
2. Lower the Patient Support MAX Down.
3. Release the two screws that secure the Patient
Support service bracket (see Figure 11-11).
The bottom cover descends.

!
WARNING: Pinch Hazard!
Make sure to lower the cover carefully.
4. Remove the Patient Support Service brackets.
5. Repeat the procedure for the other end of the Patient
Support.

6. Use the four (4) screws from removing the patient Figure 11-12: Secure covers at base of patient support
support service brackets to secure the covers at the
base (head and foot) of the patient support (see
Figure 11-12).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 302

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

11.4 Enable the CT Box to Record Voice Messages

Note: Only perform this procedure if the customer prefers to record voice messages from the CT Box instead of
from their own microphone connected tot eh front of the computer. If the customer is not sure; perform
this procedure.
1. Go to PSC > Configurations > System > Adjust Audio Properties.
2. Select Recording tab.
3. If the microphone is not listed, close the Sound Window and proceed with the next procedure in this
manual, no other actions are required to enable the CT Box to record voice messages.

Figure 11-13: Recording devices tab

4. If the microphone status is not set to Disabled or Currently unavailable, the right-click on the
Microphone and click Disable.
This will enable the Line-In and remove the microphone.
5. Click OK to close the sound window.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 303

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions First Time System Operation

Figure 11-14: Click OK to disable the microphone and close the sound window

THE SYSTEM IS NOW READY FOR USE!

Note: Make sure that the ambient scan room (ideal) temperature is 20 - 24 °C (68 - 75 °F). In order to perform
Performance and Calibration, the Gantry must be switched ON for a minimum of 8 hours to allow
system temperature stabilization.
Therefore, turn ON the Gantry the day prior to calibration and testing and, if safe to do so, leave it
powered overnight.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 304

12.1 Overview
The system is fully compliant with DICOM 3.0 standard and enables comprehensive connectivity to
Philips scanners.
System communication with other stations is based on the DICOM-3 standard. This enables
communication with any DICOM-3 compliant products (including other vendors’ scanners, workstations
and hardcopy units).
These DICOM-3 compliant products can send/retrieve images to/from other stations and other stations
can retrieve/send images from/to the system.
The system can function both as a server and as a client. Images are transferred in the DICOM-3 protocol,
based on TCP/IP as a transport layer and on Ethernet as a data-link layer.
The communication is made through an Ethernet network meeting IEEE 802.3 specifications. The
supported media type is: 10/100/1000BaseT.
1. For connection to the site, use a standard network cable with RJ-45 connectors.
2. For switch placement, refer to the manufacturer’s user documentation.
This option supports a maximum length of 100 m using shielded or unshielded cables.

Note: For Network Configuration instructions always refer to the latest revision of the site preparation
documentation.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 305

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Network Installation and Configuration

12.2 Instruction
To properly configure the network refer to the Network Installation and Configuration manual. Follow
the procedure outlined for systems with 4.1.x.

Note: Changing the IP address on the system is required when the Hospital LAN uses the 192.168.xxx.x
IP address, and the HOST-CIRS connection uses a 10.168.xxx.x IP address. Refer to the Ingenuity
Software Re-installation manual to properly change the IP address in the event of a conflict.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 306

13.1 Install the License Key

Note: If the License Key is unavailable, contact a local Philips Service Representative.
1. If needed, complete the login procedure.
2. In PSC, select Configuration -> System - > Update Option Key.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 307

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions License Key and Final Tests

Figure 13-1: Update Option Key (for System Versions Lower than v4.1.10)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 308

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions License Key and Final Tests

Figure 13-2: Update Option Key (for System Version v4.1.10)

3. In the Options key window, click the Clear button to dismiss the displayed product options key. See
Figure 13-3 on page 310.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 309

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions License Key and Final Tests

Figure 13-3: Options Key Window

4. Enter the new Product options key.

5. Click Apply.
6. Click OK.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 310

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions License Key and Final Tests

13.2 Final Tests

1. Restart the system and log On as CT.
2. Perform the following scans and perform an offline recon of:
• Surview
• Helical
• Axial
• Cardiac (if applicable)
• iMR (if applicable)
3. Send images to all remote devices and verify that they have arrived (emphasis on PACS, and on
transfer rate).
4. Check the functionality of HIS/RIS if it is configured. Try to load a patient’s details.

13.3 Customer Information

1. If the new system install contains a "Customer Letter" present this letter to the individual in charge of
the department or leave the letter on the operator console.
2. This new system install requires applications training. Inform the customer that the system should
not be used until the application training specialist is on site.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 311

14.1 Remote Service Configuration Settings

Follow the product’s software installation manual or remote service manual to configure and activate the
remote service user account.

14.2 Disk Encryption and Decryption settings (only for

Z4 Host)

IMPORTANT: Skip this section for China and Russia market, only do this procedure if the customer has
requested it in the rest of the world.

IMPORTANT: The disk encryption feature is only available for HP Z4 computers. If the Host computer
model is NOT HP Z4, then skip this section.

Note: Disk encryption feature is available based on license and TPM in BIOS settings should be set to
“Available”, detail step refer to Service Tool User Guide.

14.2.1 Instructions to Enable TPM and Encryption for HP Z4 in

BIOS
1. Switch on HP Z4 machine.
2. During boot, press F10 to login to BIOS Setup.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 312

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Remote Service and System Configuration Settings

3. Go to Security tab, ensure that TPM Device is set as “Available”.

4. Go Main and click on “Save changes and Exit”.
5. Once the machine reboots, press F1 to accept the changes.

Figure 14-4: TPM PPI

Encrypt used disk space only

This section describes how to encrypt the used disk space if not encrypted already.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 313

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Remote Service and System Configuration Settings

1. Navigate to PSC -> Configuration -> System -> Encryption Settings.

2. Select the “Encrypt used disk space only (This option is recommended for new installation).
Approximate 1 hour(s)” option.
3. Click on “Start Encryption” button and wait until 100%.

Figure 14-5: Encryption Settings

Note: If user wants to log off after initiating Encryption, user should wait for few seconds to move the progress
to 3%-4% and then log off.

Encrypt entire drive

This section describes how to encrypt the entire disk space if not encrypted already.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 314

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Remote Service and System Configuration Settings

1. Navigate to PSC -> Configurations -> System -> Encryption Settings.

2. Click on “Start Encryption” button and wait until 100%.

Note: If user wants to log off after initiating Encryption, user should wait for few seconds to move the progress
to 3%-4% and then log off.

14.3 SSDE Disable for China Market

IMPORTANT: The steps below is applicable for Ingenuity/Brilliance-64, not need to perform on BigBore
system.
Disable the SSDE option through Preferences:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 315

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Remote Service and System Configuration Settings

1. If needed, complete the service user Logging On procedure.

2. Go to Preferences -> Dose Management tab.
3. Uncheck the “SSDE Enable” checkbox. This option is available only for service user.

Figure 14-6:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 316

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Remote Service and System Configuration Settings

4. Click OK and Restart Workflow.

Figure 14-7:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 317

15.1 Overview
The system was adjusted to optimum settings and has passed all quality assurance tests in the factory
before deliver and the test results should be within the tolerances during and after the installation
procedure.
To make sure that all parameters of the system are still within the allowed tolerances, complete the
necessary adjustments and Acceptance test before transferring the system to the customer.

IMPORTANT: To maintain a high image quality; before performing Air Calibrations and the Acceptance
test, bring the system to the normal operating temperature. To accomplish this make sure
the following requirements are met:
• All Gantry covers are closed.
• The entire system has been switched ON for a minimum of two (2) hours.

15.2 New Site Installation Calibration Tests

Complete the adjustments require for site installation and Acceptance tests as instructed in the following
manuals according to your software version.
1. Perform Calibrations as described for the “New Site Installation’ following the procedure in the
Ingenuity Series Calibration and Adjustment Manual.
2. Upon successful completion of all the calibrations described for New Site Installation, record the
result as passed in Table H-2, “Installation and Final Specification Records,” on page 398.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 318

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Adjustments and Acceptance Tests

3. Perform the Laser Alignment Check (Test 310) following the procedure in the Ingenuity Series Image
Quality and Dose Testing Instruction manual.
4. Upon successful passing of Test 210, record result as passed in Table H-2, “Installation and Final
Specification Records,” on page 398.
5. Perform the Acceptance and Image Quality (Test 308) following the procedure in the Ingenuity Series
Image Quality and Dose Testing Instruction manual.
6. Upon successful passing of Acceptance and Image Quality Test 308, record the result as passed
Results in Table H-2, “Installation and Final Specification Records,” on page 398

15.3 System Files Backup

1. In PSC, navigate to Utilities > System > Backup Restore Tool.
The Backup and Restore Tool window opens (Figure 15-8).
2. Enter your name in the User Name field.
3. If needed, click Browse to set the backup archive location (D:\ServiceTemp or the DVD-RAM drive).
4. Enter a comment in the Comment field (optional).
5. Click Backup.
A backup log window opens (Figure 15-8).
6. After performing a successful Backup, record completion in Table H-2, “Installation and Final
Specification Records,” on page 398.
7. Copy the backup files to an external storage medium.

Note: In USA Department of Defense of Veterans Administration facilities, USB devices are not authorized for
use.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 319

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Adjustments and Acceptance Tests

Figure 15-8: Backup and Restore Tool Window

Backup Components

Backup progress
indicator

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 320

Before handing the system over to the customer, make sure that all the Options that Philips is responsible
for installing have been installed completely and correctly according to applicable instructions and
specifications (especially model, torque, calibration, test and so on. Refer to relevant option manuals for
details.)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 321

A.1 Gantry Power Down (Except for the Host and

CIRS)
This procedure will shut down all gantry power except for incoming power and will leave power on to
the host and the CIRS.
1. Ensure that the keyswitch on the scan control box is OFF.
2. If the scanner application is running:
a. Bring up the scanner application Home menu by clicking on the Home tab along the top of the
window.
b. On the scanner application Home menu left panel, click on the Logout button.

WARNING: AVOID CONTACT WITH LIVE CONNECTIONS WHILE SERVICING. HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES
ARE PRESENT IN THE GANTRY SUPPORT. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH.

3. If applicable, remove the Allen screw from the rear of the left upper Gantry support cover. Carefully
lift up the top side cover away from the bracket and set it aside.
4. Momentarily press and release the gantry power (blue) button on the side of the gantry switch panel
as shown in Figure A-1. This will de-energize the utility contactor (UTK). If your system does not
have a blue button go to the next step.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 322

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Power the System Up/Down

Figure A-1: Gantry Power Toggle Button

Blue Button

IMPORTANT: WAIT AT LEAST 30 SECONDS AFTER TOGGLING THE BLUE BUTTON OFF BEFORE TURNING IT
BACK ON. THE BLUE BUTTON IS A TOGGLE SWITCH. PRESSING IT ONCE TOGGLES IT OFF;
PRESSING IT AGAIN TOGGLES IT ON. FAILURE TO WAIT AT LEAST 30 SECONDS AFTER
TOGGLING THE BLUE BUTTON CAN CAUSE SOME FUSES TO BLOW.
5. When working inside the lower left column cover, be sure to turn off the 120/240 VAC to the room
annunciator (X-ray) indicators light. Power to this light comes from a separate 120/240 VAC supply
and must be turned off by a site wall shut-off switch.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 323

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Power the System Up/Down

A.2 System Power Up

A.2.1 Gantry Power Up
1. If the gantry has been powered down, momentarily press and release the blue button on the side of
the gantry switch panel as shown in Figure A-2.

IMPORTANT: WAIT AT LEAST 30 SECONDS AFTER TOGGLING THE BLUE BUTTON OFF BEFORE TURNING IT
BACK ON. THE BLUE BUTTON IS A TOGGLE SWITCH. PRESSING IT ONCE TOGGLES IT OFF;
PRESSING IT AGAIN TOGGLES IT ON. FAILURE TO WAIT AT LEAST 30 SECONDS AFTER
TOGGLING THE BLUE BUTTON CAN CAUSE SOME FUSES TO BLOW.
2. Turn ON the site wall switch to restore 120/240 VAC to the room annunciator (X-ray) indicator light.

Figure A-2: Gantry Power Toggle Button

Blue Button

3. Carefully place the top column cover back into position and secure it.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 324

B.1 Overview
Options for the Ingenuity CT scanner are as follows:

Table B-1: Options for Ingenuity CT Scanner

Bariatric Table

Computer Table

Therapy Table Top Kit With Bariatric Table Only

LAP CT-3 Lasers (wall)

LAP CT-3 Lasers (floor)

CT Interventional - Cart

CT Interventional - Ceiling

Interventional Couch Controls

Barcode Reader

Mobile Network Device

Mobile Network Device - Storage

Flat Panel Slave Monitor

Radiology Flat Top Kit With Bariatric Table Only

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 325

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions O-Mar Image Labeling and other System Options

O-MAR Image Labeling

Ingenuity Core 128 and Ingenuity Core (STD Couch) Bariatric Table or Extended Table are Options

Note: For installation instructions always refer to the latest revision of the site preparation documentation
before starting the installation procedure.

B.2 O-MAR Image Labeling

Special DICOM Image labeling exists for the O-MAR application to assist the user / radiologist in
identifying images that have the O-MAR correction applied. These DICOM tags and the text applied are
indicated below.

Table B-2: O-MAR Correction - DICOM tags

Tag Name Tag ID Text Behavior

Series 0008,103E
O-MAR Prefix is added after user makes any other edits.
Description (Public)

Image 0020,4000 O-MAR. Compare with

Fixed content, not user-editable on scanner
Comments (Public) non-O-Mar images

Base Tag: 00E1,0040

(Private) Prefix is added after user makes any other edits.
Image Label O-Mar
Default Tag: 00E1, 1040 Cut to 16 characters.
(Private)

If this option is enabled on the system, these image label tags must be made visible, displayed, on
downstream workstations where ever possible.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 326

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions O-Mar Image Labeling and other System Options

Note: Under Planning within the Recon tab, there will be an O-MAR selection if the feature is enabled.

Work with the appropriate FSE (for Philips workstations/ PACS Systems) or your customer to ensure that
the above tags are made visible, displayed, on the workstations. For none Philips workstations inform the
customer of the need to make these tags visible where ever possible.

Note: Private tags may not be selectable for display on some workstations.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 327

This section lists the system labels and their locations. To apply language specific labels provided in the
Regulatory/Safety Label Kit and refer to Regulatory/Safety Label Placement .

C.1 Gantry
The following are the system labels on the back of the gantry. See Figure C-1 on page 328.

Figure C-1: System Labels

On the left should be the following two labels:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 328

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

On the right should be one (not both) of the following two labels:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 329

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Figure C-2: System Labels

Label:
Label:
Caution Wire
Hazardous Voltage
Connections
Location:
Location:
Anode, Cathode
Anode, Cathode

Label:
Emergency Stop
(E-Stop)
Label: Button)
Warning - Hazardous Voltage Location:
Location: Front Cover, Rear
Left Column - Mains Input Cover, Fuse
Switch Panel
under Left Side
Column Cover
and CT Control
Box.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 330

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Label:
Label:
Drive Belt Pinch Point
Hazardous Voltage
Location:
Location:
Stator bottom panel
Tilt Drive
underneath rotation motor

Label: Label:
Remove Shipping Bolts Hazardous Voltage
Location: Location:
Column Weldments Rear Base Weldment

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 331

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Label:
Label: Hazardous Voltage
Warning Finger Guard Location:
Location: • Gantry Right
Column - left
Stator - three points pillow block
• Top of FRC

Label: Label:
Hazardous Voltage Hazardous Voltage
Location: Location:
Left Column - Switch Locater Contacting Slip Ring

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 332

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Label: Label:
System Rotation ESD Warning
Location: Location:
Gantry Upper Left Side DMS Cover

Label: Label:
Low Head Room Fuse Locater
Location: Location:
Gantry Front Cover Gantry Left Column

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 333

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Label: Label:
Warning Do not handle Caution Beryllium
Location: Content
X-ray to Heat Exchanger oil Location:
hoses X-ray Tube

Label: CE
Location:
Rear Lower Panel Cover

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 334

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.2 Laser Warning Labels

Figure C-3: Laser Communication Warning Labels

Label: Label:
Warning Class 3 B Laser Warning Class 3 B Laser
(invisible) (invisible)
Location: Location:
Optics Box Laser Box

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 335

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Figure C-4: Laser Warning Labels on the front of the gantry

Label:
Warning Class 2 Laser
Aperture

Location:
2 pcs on Lexan Ring
3 pcs on Front Cover

Note: Your system will have laser warning labels in one of the above-shown
configurations

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 336

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Figure C-5: Laser Warning Label on Rear Gantry

Label:
Class 3B Laser Product,
UPS Disconnect Warning
Warning Hazardous Voltage

Location:
Rear of the gantry

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 337

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Figure C-6: Additional Laser Label Placement

kkkkkkkkkk

Label:
Label:
Warning Class 3B
Laser Symbol
Invisible Laser
Location:
Location:
Inside front cover, top, left and
Top Right Bracket -
right lasers, oriented as shown
Rear Cover

C.3 Patient Support Labels

Figure C-7: Patient Support Labels

Label:
Label: Hazardous Voltage
Present
Hazardous Voltage Present
Location:
Location:
Power Box, rear
Left and Right Scissor Arm
right of
Patient Support

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 338

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Label:
Label: Warning, 2 Sources
Hazardous Voltage Present of Power
Location: Location:
Box just to the right of the Patient Support plinth,
Patient Support fuse locater right of
service panel

Label:
Label: Warning, Electric
Warning, Do Not Remove Current,
Brake or Coupling Triangular
Location: Location:
Patient Support base, left hand Top of Patient Support
side of the motor power box, rear
right side

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 339

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Label:
Label:
Warning, Electric
Warning, Electric Current,
Current,
Triangular
Triangular
Location:
Location:
Patient Support fuse box, front
Scissor arm,
right of Patient Support
right hand side

Label:
Warning, Do Not Label:
Lubricate Vertical Support Brace
Location: Location:
Patient Support Linear Scissor arm, right side
bearing

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 340

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Label:
Warning, Covers can
fall
Location:
Patient Support
telescope
retainer

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 341

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.4 CIRS or IMR Rack Labels

Figure C-8: CIRS Rack Labels

Label:
UPS Disconnect Warning,
Hazardous Voltage Label,
Wheelie Bin, CSA
Location:
CIRS Rear Panel Door
and the Power Distribution
Module

Figure C-9: UPS Disconnect Warning

Label:
UPS Disconnect Warning
Location:
CIRS Rear Panel Door

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 342

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Figure C-10: Hazardous voltage

Label:
Hazardous Voltage
Location:
CIRS Rear on the Power
Distribution Module

Figure C-11: CSA

Label:
CSA
Location:
CIRS Rear Panel Door

Figure C-12: Wheelie Bin

Label:
Wheelie Bin
Location:
CIRS Rear Panel Door

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 343

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Figure C-13: CIRS or IMR Front cabinet

CIRS IMR

Label:
Hazardous Voltage
Location:
CIRS or IMR inside front
cabinet

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 344

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.5 Host Rack Labels

Figure C-14: Host Rack Labels

Label:
UPS Disconnect Warning,
Hazardous Voltage, CSA,
Wheelie Bin
Location:
Host Rack Rear Cover and the
Power Distribution Module

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 345

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Figure C-15: HOST front cabinet label

Label:
Hazardous Voltage
Location:
Inside the Front cabinet

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 346

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.6 Regulatory/Safety Label Placement

The purpose of this procedure is to provide instructions for the placement of language specific
regulatory/ safety labels.It is expected that the language label will replace the English labels on the
system.
• For systems with multiple languages; place the labels next to or below the primary label.

Note: It is the responsibility of the Service Personal to affix the labels from the customer selected Language
Label kit to the system. Labels will be affixed to the Gantry, Patient Support and Console(s).

Notes: Review the illustrations of the Ingenuity System. The example figures below are representative only. Apply only the
labels in the language specified by the customer.
• Attach the labels in the correct locations.

IMPORTANT: Clean the area where the label is to be applied with isopropyl alcohol. Let the area dry
completely before placing the label. Make sure to wear the appropriate personal protective
equipment when working with isopropyl alcohol.

Note: Check the expiration date of the regulatory label kit. If expired, a new regulatory label kit must be
ordered. Do not use the expired labels.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 347

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Table C-1: Labels Included in the Kit

Description of Label Qty/Kit Location

Laser Classification Labels

5 Laser Aperture Label on page 352
(Class 2)

Table PWR Disconnect 1 Patient Support Power Disconnect Warning on page 350

Laser Warning Label on Rear Gantry on page 337

For IMR Configurations (Apply label to Host and CIRS)
HOST front cabinet label on page 353
UPS Disconnect Warning 3
CIRS or IMR Rack rear panel labels on page 357
For Non-IMR Configurations (Apply only to the CRC)
HOST front cabinet label on page 353

Gantry Rear Cover Labels on page 351

Attach the Warning Hazardous Voltage label as show below. on
page 349
Warning Hazardous Voltage 4 CIRS or IMR Rack rear panel labels on page 357
HOST front cabinet label on page 346

Note: One Label will be discarded and not used on the

system
Laser Classification Label
1 Gantry Rear Cover Labels on page 351
(Class 3 B invisible laser)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 348

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.6.1 Patient Support Warning Hazardous Voltage Label

Attach the Warning Hazardous Voltage label as show below.

Figure C-16: Patient Support Hazardous Voltage

Label Location
Attach the Warning Hazardous Voltage
label 1/2” below CSA label

WARNING HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE LABEL

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 349

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Figure C-17: Patient Support Power Disconnect Warning

Label Location
Attach the Table Power Disconnect
Warning label to the left and in-line
with the other Table Power
Disconnect Warning labels

TABLE POWER DISCONNECT WARNING LABEL

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 350

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.6.2 Gantry Rear Cover Labels

Affix the Gantry labels from Regulatory/Safety Label Kit as illustrated below.
Figure C-18: Gantry Rear Cover Labels

Hazardous Voltage Laser Aperture (Class 3B invisible)

Place to the Left of the Hazardous Voltage Sticker Place to the Left of the Invisible Laser Sticker
applied by the manufacturer applied by the manufacturer

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 351

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.6.3 Laser Aperture Label

Figure C-19: Laser Aperture Label

Label Location
Attach the Laser Aperture label under English Laser
Aperture label at 5 locations.

Note: Make sure all Lase Aperture Labels on the

gantry front are Class 2

5 Labels: 3 placed under each of the laser aperture labels on

the front of the gantry
2 placed under the laser aperture labels in the inner ring

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 352

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.6.4 HOST Labels

Figure C-20: Host Rack rear panel labels

Add UPS Disconnect

Warning Label Label:
UPS Disconnect Warning,
Location:
Host Rack Rear Cover and the
Power Distribution Module

Figure C-21: HOST front cabinet label

Label:
Hazardous Voltage
Location:
Inside the front cabinet

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 353

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.7 Scan Control Box Labels

This section lists the labels for the Scan Control Box (CT-Box). A few examples of the CT-Box labels in the
different languages available are shown in Figure C-22.
The exact location for the labels on the CT-Box is shown in Figure C-23.

Figure C-22: Scan Control Panel Labels

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 354

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

Figure C-23: Scan Control

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 355

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.8 ETL Label (for Canada Only)

To comply with Canadian ETL Regulations, attach the label P/N 4598 007 70781, supplied by the local
service center, to the Scan Control Box as shown in Figure C-24.

Figure C-24: ETL Label Placement

ETL Label

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 356

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions System Labels

C.9 CIRS or IMR Labels

Figure C-25: CIRS or IMR Rack rear panel labels

Add UPS Disconnect

Warning Label Label:
UPS Disconnect Warning,
Hazardous Voltage Label
Location:
CIRS Rear Panel Door
and the Power Distribution
Module

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 357

Note: After Gantry Front cover alignment, check the alignment of the Laser Markers located on the Gantry
Front cover. Follow the instruction in the Ingenuity CT Calibration Manual (section Laser Alignment).

D.1 Gantry Front Cover Adjustment

The front cover should now be closed and compared to Figure D-1: Front Cover Adjustment
Figure D-1. There should be no gap between the stator
box and the front cover.
Carefully look at the system now as compared to how it
looked before the front cover was removed.
If cover alignment is necessary, see the following figures.
Possible orientation problems are shown and/or
depicted with explanations as to how to correct the issue.

Front Cover Stator Box

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 358

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.1.1 Tilt/Locking
The screws securing the front cover to its hinge can be adjusted in their slots to correct any tilting/locking
of the front cover (see Figure D-2 below).

D.1.2 Side to Side

If the side cover is skewed to the left or right, this can be corrected by screwing the right hinge shoulder
bolt in and out of hinge adjustment block. The left hinge should not be touched, as it is free, following the
adjustment made to the right shoulder bolt (see Figure D-3 below).

Figure D-2: Lock/Tilt Adjustment Figure D-3: Side-to-side Adjustment

Hinge Left to Right

In/Out Screw Adjustment Screw
Adjustment

Adjustment
Bracket

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 359

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.1.3 Up/Down
The screws securing the front cover to its hinge can be Figure D-4: Up/Down & In/Out Adjustment
raised or lowered in their slots to move the cover up and
down (see Figure D-4).

D.1.4 In/Out
The screws on the hinge blocks must be loosened, which
allows the hinge to move in or out in slots in the top panel
(see Figure D-4).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 360

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.2 Lower Front Cover (Doghouse) Adjustment

Lower the front cover and compare fit of Figure D-5: Lower Front Cover Figure D-6: Lower Front Cover
the front cover to the lower front cover.
If necessary, adjust according to the
following procedure.

Tilt/Locking Figure D-7: Tilt/Locking

The screw sets indicated by the yellow arrows in Under the Cover Side
Figure D-7 can be adjusted in their slots to permit the to Side Adjustment
lower front cover to be straightened properly.

Left/Right
The screw set shown by the red arrow in Figure D-7 can
be adjusted left or right in their slots.

Up/Down
The screw sets indicated by the yellow arrows in
Figure D-7 can move up and down in their slots to move
the lower front cover up or down.

Side to Side
The screw sets under the (doghouse) indicated by the
black arrow in Figure D-7 can be adjusted side to side.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 361

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.3 Top Cover Adjustment

Compare the top cover fit to Figure D-8. Follow the Figure D-8: Top Cover Adjustment
procedure below to align the Top Cover if necessary.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 362

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.3.1 Towards the Front/Rear of the Gantry

The top cover mounting brackets can be angled to move Figure D-9: Towards Front/Rear of the gantry
the Top Cover towards the front or rear of the Gantry as
required (see arrow in Figure D-9).
1. Hang the upper side top covers on their mounting
hooks.
2. Check the gap between the top cover and top side
cover for alignment.
In/Out Screw
Adjust Hinge

Adjustment
Bracket

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 363

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.4 Upper Side Cover Adjustments

Check the upper side cover fit to be sure it matches Figure D-10 through Figure D-14 shown below. If
brackets have been adjusted properly, the cover should NOT be able to rock at all. If rocking is present,
the bracket with the two mounting hooks is not level and must be adjusted as described in the next step.
Figure D-10: Top side cover to lower side Figure D-11: Front cover to side covers Figure D-12: Top Side cover to Lower
cover viewed from the rear Side cover

Secured Here

Figure D-13: Upper view showing Figure D-14: Side covers to rear cover
alignment of the front, top, right
side top and rear covers

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 364

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

Vertical Adjustment Figure D-15: Vertical Adjustment

The upper top side cover mounting hooks can be

adjusted up and down (see red arrow in Figure D-15).

Horizontal Adjustment

The top cover mounting brackets can tilt forward or

backward for horizontal adjustment to the top cover and
both side covers (see blue arrow in Figure D-15).
Note: The Top Side Cover will need to be in position to
make miner adjustment.

The upper top side cover mounting bracket Figure D-16: Horizontal Figure D-17: Left to Right/ Top
may now have to be adjusted. Adjustment to Bottom Adjustment
1. Loosely insert the screw into the
bracket (see Figure D-16).
2. Check alignment and adjust the top Left to Right
side cover bracket as needed (see
Figure D-17).
3. Tighten screws holding the bracket to
the side panel; making sure that the
upper top side cover is in the correct
position (see Figure D-17).

Top to Bottom

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 365

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.5 Lower Side Cover Adjustments

Note: Be careful when standing the Lower Cover Column upright, it does have a tendency to fall over if one is
not cautious.
Gantry RH/LH Lower Side Cover adjustments are as follows (see Figure D-19 below):

D.5.1 Vertical Adjustment

The lower side cover mounting hooks can be angled up or down. Then the bracket used to capture the 1/
4-20 screw must be raised or lowered to fit.

D.5.2 In/Out Adjustment

The lower cover-locking bracket can side in or out to allow the proper adjustment. The mounting hooks
may need to be adjusted in or out in their slots to allow for the cover to rest properly.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 366

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

Figure D-18: Lower Side Cover Adjustments

Vertical Adjustment

Vertical Adjustment IN / OUT Adjustment

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 367

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

Figure D-19: Lower Side Cover placement

Carefully place the lower side cover over the brackets and check alignment.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 368

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.6 Rear Cover Adjustment

Reattach the rear cover by hanging it on its hooks and sliding it left or right in the rear cover bracket to
properly line up the two lower holes and the four holes around the rear cone.
Compare the rear cover fit to Figure D-20 and Figure D-21. If necessary, adjust according to the following
procedure.

Figure D-20: Rear cover to rear cone Figure D-21: Rear cover to Top Figure D-22: Rear Cover
cover and upper Top Side cover Bracket

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 369

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

Left/Right Figure D-24: Rear Cover Hooks

The rear cover can slide in its upper mounting bracket, Rear Cover Hooks
which is attached to the stator box.

Up/Down
The rear cover hooks are attached to the rear cover and
are not adjustable. The lower mounting rear brackets,
installed previously, might need adjustment.

Tilt/Locking
The rear mounting hooks can be carefully aligned to
prevent or correct tilting/locking of the rear cover.

Figure D-23: Rear Top Bracket

Figure D-25: Rear Lower Cover Bracket

Rear Top Bracket

Rear Lower
Cover Bracket

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 370

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.7 Front and Rear Base Plate Covers

Attach the front base plate cover by placing and aligning it with the two lower holes. Secure front base
plate cover with bolts and washers at both ends.

Figure D-26: Front Lower Cover Figure D-27: Rear Lower Cover

Front Base Plate Cover

Attach Hardware at Rear Base Plate Cover
Both Ends

Note: The Gantry will need to be tilted to place the rear base plate cover in position.

Attach the rear base plate cover by placing and aligning it with the six holes to the rear base. Secure rear
base plate cover with bolts and washers.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 371

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Gantry Cover Adjustments

D.8 Final Steps

Insert the lexan ring into the bore from the rear of the Figure D-28: Lexan Ring
Gantry towards the front cover (see Figure D-28).

Note: It must fit with nothing more than mild

pushing.

If not, you may be required to return to earlier steps to

readjust upper and lower side covers, the lower front
cover, the front cover, and the rear cover.

Figure D-29: Lexan Ring in Position

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 372

Note: Gantry covers must be covered in plastic to prevent inadvertent damage. if applicable, remove the Gantry
castors assembly from the Gantry.

E.1 Construct the Lifting Assembly

1. Remove the Gantry lifting assembly from the shipping container.

Note: If the top assembly is not assembled follow step 2 through steps 13.
2. Place the lifting plate on a flat surface and lay the lifting beam on its side. See Figure E-1.

Note: Three (3) parts are required to vertically lift the gantry - the Gantry Lifting Assembly (P/N
453566502051), the Gantry Lifting Sling (P/N 453567068581), and the Torque Wrench Set (P/N 4598 000
06921).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 373

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-1: Lifting Assembly

Gantry Lifting Bar

Gantry Lifting Plate

3/8 Hex Bolt

and Washer

3. Place the bolt and washer through the first hole of the middle plate and beam. Refer to Figure E-1.
4. Place another lifting plate on top of the beam and push the bolt through to secure it.
5. Hand tighten the bolt with washer and nut. See Figure E-2.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 374

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-2: Tighten the bolt with washer and nut

Gantry Lifting Plate

Gantry Lifting Bar

6. Repeat this process for the third hole, middle of the lifting plate. Refer to Figure E-3.

Figure E-3: Repeat the above process for the third, middle holes of the lifting plate

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 375

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

7. Now secure the bolt through the second hole of the plate and beam, Figure E-4.

Figure E-4: Insert and tighten the bolt through the second hole of the plate and beam

(3)
3/8” Hex Bolts
and Washers

Note: Repeat this process towards the other end of the lifting beam. See step 3 through step 7.
8. Carefully turn the lifting plate and beam on to its side, with the lifting plate narrow-end (single hole)
upwards.
9. Insert the clevis hatch pin through one side of the lifting plate and add a gantry lifting spacer. Refer to
Figure E-5
10. Position the Supermax with latch hook after the first gantry lifting spacer and place second lifting
spacer behind the latch hook. Refer to Figure E-5.

Note: Make sure that Supermax with latch hook is in the position (latch facing outwards) as shown.
11. Push the clevis hatch pin through the other gantry lifting plate and secure it with the hatch cotter pin.
Refer to Figure E-5.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 376

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-5: Clevis hatch pin insertion

Supermax with
Latch Hook

Clevis Hatch Pin Clevis Hatch Pin

Cotter Pin

Note: Make sure that the supermax with latch hook is facing out wards. If not reposition the latch hook.
12. Repeat this process towards the other end for attaching Supermax with latch hook (step 9 through
steps 11).

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 377

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-6: Gantry Lifting Bar and Lifting Plates Assembly

13. Tighten (6) 3/4” bolts that are attach to the gantry lifting plate. Torque bolts to 120 ft-lbs (162.69 N-m).
Refer to Figure E-7.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 378

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-7: Tighten bolts to gantry lifting plate

Clevis Hatch Pin with

Supermax with Latch Hook

Tighten the 3/4” bolts to

120 ft.-lbs (162.69 N-m)

14. Remove one gantry lifting block at a time to place into position.

Note: Gantry lifting blocks are bulky, use caution when picking up the lifting blocks.

Note: The Gantry Lifting Blocks are attached to where the Gantry casters were located.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 379

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-8: Gantry Lifting blocks

(4) Gantry Lifting Blocks

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 380

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

15. Carefully position a lifting block as shown in the Figure E-9. Secure with (4) 1/2” (12.7 mm) washers
and bolts.
16. Torque the bolts to 56 ft-lbs (75.92 N-m).

Figure E-9: Position the Gantry Lifting Blocks

17. Repeat steps (15 and 16) with another lifting block to the column other side. See Figure E-10.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 381

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-10: Final position of all lifting blocks

Gantry Lifting Blocks

18. Attach the lifting block stiffener to the top holes of the gantry lifting blocks. Refer to Figure E-11
19. Secure the lifting block stiffener with (4) 3/8” (9.52 mm) washers and bolts. Refer to Figure E-12
20. Torque the bolts to 23 ft-lbs (31.18 N-m).
21. Repeat this process to the other column side for fastening the gantry lifting blocks and stiffener.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 382

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-11: Attach lifting block stiffner to lifting blocks

Gantry Lifting
Block Stiffener

3/8” Flat Washer

and Hex Bolt

Figure E-12: Tighten lifting block stiffener

Gantry Lifting
Block Stiffener

Gantry Lifting Blocks

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 383

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

22. Attach the (4) steel hoist ring assembly to end gantry blocks. See Figure E-13.

Figure E-13: Attach steel hoist ring assembly to gantry blocks

Threading the Hoist Assembly on Gantry Lifting Block

to the Gantry Lifting Blocks
Hoist Ring Assembly
With Sling

Note: The Sling should already be attached to the Hoist Assembly.

23. Make sure the hoist - bolt is threaded all the way into the lifting block. Refer to Figure E-13.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 384

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

24. Attach the heavy hoist system to the Clevis Hatch Pins as shown in Figure E-14.

Figure E-14: Attach hoist system to Clevis Hatch Pins

Gantry Lifting
Assembly

25. Carefully lift-up the gantry lifting assembly and position the lifting assembly high over the Gantry.

Note: Make sure not to touch the Gantry with the Hoist Assembly.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 385

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-15: Lift the gantry and position the lifting assembly over the gantry

Position the Oblong Link

Over the Latch Hook

Clearance Over
the Gantry

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 386

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

26. Carefully place both ends of the sling through the supermax with latch hook as shown in Figure E-16.

Figure E-16: Place the sling through the supermax

Clevis Hatch Pin

Supermax with
Latch Hook

Two Oblong Links

27. Repeat step 26 for the rear side of the Gantry.

28. Recheck the position of the lifting assembly and that it is clear from top of the Gantry.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 387

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

Figure E-17: Gantry Lifting Assembly

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 388

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions LIFTING ASSEMBLY

E.2 Lifting (Gantry) Assembly Parts

(#459800091291)
Table E-1: Lifting Assembly Parts

Philips/Tools Description Qty

BAR - GANTRY LIFTING 1

BLOCK - GANTRY LIFTING 4

PIN. CLEVIS HATCH PIN. 1.0 X 4.50 4

HOOK - SUPERMAX WITH LATCH 2

PLATE - GANTRY LIFTING 4

SLING - 1’ X 8’ - OBLONG LINK TO SLING HOOK 4

SPACER - GANTRY LIFTING 4

HOIST RING - MACHINED STEEL 4

3/8” FLAT WASHER, SAE 33815 16

1/2” FLAT WASHER, SAE 33817 8

FLATWASHER .750 ID 12

NUT, HEX, 0, 750in, 10THD/in 6

BOLT - HEX 3/4 - 10 X 5.50 LONG 6

BOLT - HEX 3/8 - 16 X 1.0 LG, G5 8

BOLT, 1/2 - 13 UNC X 2.0 8

BOLT, HEX, 3/8 - 16X 1.50 LG 8

STIFFENER - GANTRY LIFTING BLOCKS 2

LABEL, SERVICE TOOL 1

TORQUE VALUES, MECHANICAL REF

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 389

F.1 Releasing Patient Support Subframe Quick

Release
1. Make sure the patient support top is as far away from the gantry as it will go.
2. Unscrew the wing nut or nut on the subframe quick release located under the front of the patient
support (see Figure F-1.)
a. Unscrew the wing nut or nut enough so that the cross-pin will drop down from the lock pad it
engages.
b. Patient Supports that have the threaded rod quick release will require the nut to be fully removed.
3. Move the patient support subframe away from the gantry. Note that it may take considerable force to
move the subframe out of its normal position. However, after the initial resistance is overcome, the
patient support subframe should move freely.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 390

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Patient Support Subframe Quick Release

Figure F-1: Patient Support Subframe Quick Release

Wing Nut Release

Nylock Lock Nut Release

Patient Support Latch Overall

Subframe Support Disengaged

Threaded Rod / Nut Release

F.2 Engage Patient Support Subframe Quick Release

1. Move the patient support subframe MAX In toward the gantry. (See Figure F-3 on page 394.)
2. Verify the patient support is raised to access the top subframe quick release.
3. For the Wing Nut / Nylock Nut type quick release, re-engage the patient support quick release:
a. Verify the subframe is moved all the way toward the gantry.
b. Push the T-mechanism (cross-pin) of the quick release up until it goes into the slot of the subframe
bracket. (See Figure F-2 on page 393.)
c. Tighten the Wing Nut / Nylock Nut on the subframe quick release located at the front of the patient
support (see Figure F-1 on page 391.)

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 391

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Patient Support Subframe Quick Release

4. For the Threaded Rod type quick release, re-engage the patient support quick release:
a. Move the top subframe all the way toward the gantry. The threaded rod will protrude through the
block.
b. Install the nut and torque it to a value of 23 ft-lbs (see Figure F-1 on page 391.)

F.3 Test Patient Support Subframe Quick Release

1. Tighten nut (wing nut, nylock, or serrated flange nut) on the quick release.
2. Verify the sub-frame is secure:
a. For patient supports with the serrated flange nut, the nut is torqued to 23 lb-ft.
INFO – the correct engagement is with the threaded element protruding through the nut.
b. For patient supports with a nylock nut:
i. Inspect and make sure the distal end of the T-mechanism (cross-pin) is secured behind the
slotted locking member (see Figure F-2 on page 393.)
ii. The nut is torqued to 23 lb-ft.
c. For patient supports with a wing nut:
i. Inspect the distal end of the T-mechanism (cross-pin) and make sure it is secured behind the
slotted locking member (see Figure F-2 on page 393.)

3. Test the patient support subframe quick release engagement:

a. With power applied to the patient support (i.e. horizontal drive enabled) and the carbon top
extended into the bore, engage the tape switch to put the carbon top into float mode.
b. While in float mode, using the tape switch handle, move (retract) the carbon top as one would do
in operation.
c. After about 30cm maximum of travel and while the carbon top is still in motion, release the tape
switch, causing the carbon top to abruptly stop.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 392

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Patient Support Subframe Quick Release

4. Check the subframe for security:

a. The subframe should not be disconnected. Visually recheck the latch to confirm that the step from
2b(i) or 2c(i) is secure (see Figure F-2).

Figure F-2: Cross Pin Engaged and Secured Behind the Block

Slotted Lock Pad

Locking
Member Block

T-Mechanism
(Cross Pin)

Cross Pin: Engaged Cross Pin Assembly: Disengaged

Slotted Locking Member

T-Mechanism
(Cross Pin)

Cross Pin Assembly: Disengaged

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 393

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
128
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core System Installation Instructions Patient Support Subframe Quick Release

b. Verify the sub-frame is still engaged by visually checking the alignment of the sub-frame cover to
the lower subframe (see Figure F-3.)

Figure F-3: Subframe Patient Support Cover Alignment: Engaged versus Disengaged

Subframe
Subframe
(MAX IN)

Subframe Patient Support Engaged, Subframe Patient Support Disengaged,

with Covers Aligned with Covers Misaligned

c. Repeat Step 3 on page 392 thru Step 4 on page 393 and repair as needed, if the sub-frame is moving
relative to the base assembly.
d. Success criteria: Complete Step 3 on page 392 thru Step 4 on page 393 twice in a row, with no
disengagement or repair.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 394

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Appendix G
Appendix G General Torque Value Specifications
The table listed below provides reference torque values associated with bolt type and size. Use this table
to appropriately tighten bolts and screws when a specific torque value is not provided within the manual
itself.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 395

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions General Torque Value Specifications

Table G-1: General tightening torques for screw connections

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 396

Complete the form below to record all critical measurements as instructed throughout the Ingenuity
Series Ingenuity CT/ Ingenuity Core128 /Ingenuity Core System Installation Manual. Keep this completed
form as part of your service installation report

H.1 Test Equipment

List all of the calibrated test equipment used during installation, calibration and performance testing.
Include the equipment name, serial number and the calibration due date.
Table H-1: Test Equipment Information

Equipment Description Serial Number Calibration Due Date

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 397

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Installation Record Document

H.2 Installation Records

Table H-2: Installation and Final Specification Records

Item Description Specification Final Recorded Value

Gantry Installation: Final Torque of each anchor

22 ft-lb ± 1.32ft-lb (30Nm ± 1.8 Nm) Pass Fail
(Step 11 on page 267)

Connecting Power to the System:

(Step 3 on page 124)

480VAC 480VAC Pass Fail

APE cable APE Pass Fail

230VAC 1.9-2.02 Nm (16.8-19.47 in.-lb) All other

230VAC
cables Pass Fail
(CRC/IMR CIRS) (CRC/IMR CIRS)
8.0 ± 0.48 Nm (70.8 ± 4.3 in.-lb) ground
GND cables GND
Pass Fail
(CRC/ IMR HOST) (IMR HOST)

230VAC 230VAC
Pass Fail
(IMR HOST) (IMR HOST)

Measure between phases at the input of the gantry V (U-V) Pass Fail
(TB10-U,V,W) on the Left Gantry Column (three
separate measurements) 480V ± 10% between phases V(U-W) Pass Fail
(Step 4 on page 223) V(V-W) Pass Fail

Patient Support Installation: Final Torque of each

anchor 22 ft-lb ± 1.32 ft-lb (30 Nm ± 1.8 Nm) Pass Fail
(Step 5 on page 270)

Equipment Isolation(Step 3 on page 114) > 100KΩ Pass Fail

Safety Measure Checks: (Final Checks on page 297)

Check Emergency Stop Button(s) PASS Pass Fail

Check Door Contact Switch PASS Pass Fail

Check Gantry Fans PASS Pass Fail

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 398

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Installation Record Document

Table H-2: Installation and Final Specification Records

Item Description Specification Final Recorded Value

Check Patient Support Movement PASS Pass Fail

Check Movement from Gantry Panel PASS Pass Fail

Check Movement from Scan Control PASS Pass Fail

Laser Marker Alignment Verification PASS Pass Fail

Long Tube Conditioning PASS Pass Fail

Acceptance Test and Calibration: (New Site Installation Calibration Tests on page 318)

New Site Installation Calibration PASS Pass Fail

Acceptance Test PASS Pass Fail

Laser Alignment Check PASS Pass Fail

Backup System Files (Step 6 on page 319) PASS Pass Fail

Exposure Seconds and Exposure Counts for the This information is requested for Service
Tube Current Data and the Data from RHost Operations and it not required for Device
(Figure 15-8 on page 320) History Records (DHR) purposes. Seconds: Counts:

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 399

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Installation Record Document

Table H-3: Equipment Isolation: Measure and Record Ground Resistance

Measurement Device Lead Resistance ____________________ Ohm (B)

Conductor Measurement Specs and Data

Test Point ID Measured Actual Value

From To Spec Pass (Y/N)?
(REF) Value (A) Ohm (A-B) Ohm

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 400

Copyright@ 2023 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.
ATTENTION: THIS PAGE CONTAINS COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS THAT ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND/OR PROPRIETARY. ANY RELEASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS MATERIAL, WITHOUT PERMISSION, IS A VIOLATION OF LAW.
Ingenuity CT/Core/Core128 System Installation Instructions Installation Record Document

Table H-3: Equipment Isolation: Measure and Record Ground Resistance

Measurement Device Lead Resistance ____________________ Ohm (B)

Gantry Left leg

Test Point
(“APE” SCR) TP2
(Figure 10-3 on page 282)

Gantry Right leg Test Point

(Din rail mount of TB 251) TP3
(Figure 10-4 on page 283)

Gantry Stator Frame

(GND STUD centered under Main Contactor Rail) Test Point
(Figure 10-5 on page 283) TP4

Rotor
(GND Screw behind the right rear corner of the Test Point
FRC) TP5
TEAL (Figure 10-6 on page 284)
(PDU)/UPS 0.1 Ohm
Ground Couch Base
Test Point max.
(TP 1) (“PE 1” screw)
TP6
(Figure 10-7 on page 284)

Couch Top
Test Point
(“PE 6” screw)
TP7
(Figure 10-8 on page 285)

CRC Rear
Test Point
GND Stud
TP8
(Figure 10-9 on page 286)

Host Server Computer Tray Test Point

(Figure 10-10 on page 287) TP9

Vertical Server Computer Tray Test Point

(Figure 10-11 on page 288) TP10

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 401

While performing the procedures described in this manual, Philips requires that you record each action in
a printed copy of the attached Activity Record or in the PA tool (SAP MP1)/ProntoForms to confirm that
the actions have been performed as described in the procedure.
If you use the Activity Report, attach it to your Service Work Order (SWO) when you have completed the
procedure.
To access the Activity Record attached to this document:
1. Log on to InCenter.
2. In the Product Tree pane, navigate to Computed Tomography, and then the required product.
3. Navigate to Installation > System Installation.
4. Click on the required system installation manual.
5. The file opens in the Edge browser.
6. If the file opens with the Bookmarks menu showing, click the Paper Clip icon to open the
Attachments list.
Figure I-1: Bookmarks Menu Figure I-2: Attachments Menu

7. In the Attachments menu, click to open the Activity Record.

459801325411 Rev S CSIP Level 0 402

Brilliance 64 Channel Configuration v355
No ratings yet
Brilliance 64 Channel Configuration v355
193 pages
Brilliance CT: 6-Slice, 10-Slice, 16-Slice, 16 Power Configurations
No ratings yet
Brilliance CT: 6-Slice, 10-Slice, 16-Slice, 16 Power Configurations
147 pages
Calibration Idt
No ratings yet
Calibration Idt
34 pages
Ingenuity Family and Brilliance 64: v4.1.10 Software Installation Instructions
No ratings yet
Ingenuity Family and Brilliance 64: v4.1.10 Software Installation Instructions
140 pages
System Installation: Image Guided Therapy
No ratings yet
System Installation: Image Guided Therapy
87 pages
Philips Idt16 2
No ratings yet
Philips Idt16 2
9 pages
Philips CT-Big-Bore
No ratings yet
Philips CT-Big-Bore
12 pages
Philips Ingenuity Flex CT Specifications
No ratings yet
Philips Ingenuity Flex CT Specifications
16 pages
FCO72800752 PSC21-004 UAL Rev W
No ratings yet
FCO72800752 PSC21-004 UAL Rev W
45 pages
Idose4 - Whitepaper - Technical - Low Res - PDF Nodeid 8432599&vernum - 2 PDF
No ratings yet
Idose4 - Whitepaper - Technical - Low Res - PDF Nodeid 8432599&vernum - 2 PDF
40 pages
2 2
No ratings yet
2 2
119 pages
Cost-Effective CT for Global Clinics
No ratings yet
Cost-Effective CT for Global Clinics
12 pages
Compact Mobile C-arm System Overview
No ratings yet
Compact Mobile C-arm System Overview
4 pages
Asteion Vi VR Mpdct0123eag
No ratings yet
Asteion Vi VR Mpdct0123eag
10 pages
Ifu
100% (1)
Ifu
150 pages
Multiva 1.5T
No ratings yet
Multiva 1.5T
3 pages
Ingenuity Family
No ratings yet
Ingenuity Family
16 pages
Aquilion16 Mpdct0220ead
No ratings yet
Aquilion16 Mpdct0220ead
16 pages
GE Healthcare Site Readiness Checklist
No ratings yet
GE Healthcare Site Readiness Checklist
24 pages
VCT Console Upgrade - Brochure - Q1 2017
No ratings yet
VCT Console Upgrade - Brochure - Q1 2017
3 pages
CD-RW Drive Option: For Brilliance 16 Power and Brilliance 40-Channel Configuration
No ratings yet
CD-RW Drive Option: For Brilliance 16 Power and Brilliance 40-Channel Configuration
17 pages
Small Footprint - Giant Steps.: MAGNETOM C! With Syngo MR C12
No ratings yet
Small Footprint - Giant Steps.: MAGNETOM C! With Syngo MR C12
20 pages
MRC 600
No ratings yet
MRC 600
1 page
DMR163546 Rev01 Installation Part1
No ratings yet
DMR163546 Rev01 Installation Part1
53 pages
Blueseal Magnet: Transition Your Department Towards More Productive Helium-Free MR Operations
100% (1)
Blueseal Magnet: Transition Your Department Towards More Productive Helium-Free MR Operations
6 pages
Philips Ingenia CX 1.5T Pulsar - HP
100% (1)
Philips Ingenia CX 1.5T Pulsar - HP
20 pages
Folleto Gemini TF16
No ratings yet
Folleto Gemini TF16
4 pages
Optima MR450W BIM Site Planning Guide
No ratings yet
Optima MR450W BIM Site Planning Guide
3 pages
MAGNETOM System DiagramsWiringConnections Avanto Dot Upgrade
No ratings yet
MAGNETOM System DiagramsWiringConnections Avanto Dot Upgrade
221 pages
DMR365986 RevD INST Interventional Workspot R1.6.x 2
No ratings yet
DMR365986 RevD INST Interventional Workspot R1.6.x 2
80 pages
Brilliance Slip Ring & Bearing Replacement Guide
No ratings yet
Brilliance Slip Ring & Bearing Replacement Guide
24 pages
Toshiba Infinix CF I BP Brochure
No ratings yet
Toshiba Infinix CF I BP Brochure
8 pages
All Your Advanced Analysis Needs: One Comprehensive Solution
No ratings yet
All Your Advanced Analysis Needs: One Comprehensive Solution
28 pages
3, HQ 0.35T Technical Brochure
100% (1)
3, HQ 0.35T Technical Brochure
10 pages
CT Brochure
No ratings yet
CT Brochure
4 pages
Broschuere Philips HD9 Specification PDF
No ratings yet
Broschuere Philips HD9 Specification PDF
16 pages
CT02-023 841 03 18 02
No ratings yet
CT02-023 841 03 18 02
163 pages
GE Healthcare MRI Site Preparation Guide
No ratings yet
GE Healthcare MRI Site Preparation Guide
12 pages
03 MX 16 Layoutand Architecture 07
No ratings yet
03 MX 16 Layoutand Architecture 07
26 pages
IntelliSpace - PreInstallation-Guide - 4522 962 70271 - 0311
No ratings yet
IntelliSpace - PreInstallation-Guide - 4522 962 70271 - 0311
8 pages
Smi5 Instalación de Gabinete
No ratings yet
Smi5 Instalación de Gabinete
11 pages
5-Mains Cables
No ratings yet
5-Mains Cables
10 pages
7-Mechanical Installation
No ratings yet
7-Mechanical Installation
44 pages
Philips iCT - CT Protocols - CTisus - Com CT Scanning1
No ratings yet
Philips iCT - CT Protocols - CTisus - Com CT Scanning1
1 page
CT Scan Patient Information Guide
0% (1)
CT Scan Patient Information Guide
2 pages
Philips MR-80 Pulsar System Guide
100% (1)
Philips MR-80 Pulsar System Guide
10 pages
Inspection Report-Siemens Sensation 64
No ratings yet
Inspection Report-Siemens Sensation 64
3 pages
GEHC SP - Rev Max 2000 - 6 130F
No ratings yet
GEHC SP - Rev Max 2000 - 6 130F
19 pages
BR64 Ing. v2.6.x v3.x v4.x Upgrade To v4.1 wIMR Option Installation Manual
No ratings yet
BR64 Ing. v2.6.x v3.x v4.x Upgrade To v4.1 wIMR Option Installation Manual
381 pages
Brilliance 6 - 10 - 16 Host Service Manual Rev D
No ratings yet
Brilliance 6 - 10 - 16 Host Service Manual Rev D
94 pages
PM Achieba Check List
No ratings yet
PM Achieba Check List
9 pages
CT Model Options Chart - Final
No ratings yet
CT Model Options Chart - Final
1 page
Refurbished Siemens Magnetom Essenza Mri Machine
No ratings yet
Refurbished Siemens Magnetom Essenza Mri Machine
130 pages
01Mx16CourseIntroCTC Rev04Nov2010
No ratings yet
01Mx16CourseIntroCTC Rev04Nov2010
21 pages
Isp Isg 453564935121
No ratings yet
Isp Isg 453564935121
346 pages
MMWP 2008C Datasheet
No ratings yet
MMWP 2008C Datasheet
12 pages
Installation Acceptance Test Document: - Site and System Data
No ratings yet
Installation Acceptance Test Document: - Site and System Data
6 pages
CT Scan Pricing for Tacloban Hospital
No ratings yet
CT Scan Pricing for Tacloban Hospital
12 pages
GE Signa HDXT 1.5T MRI Scanner Specs
No ratings yet
GE Signa HDXT 1.5T MRI Scanner Specs
4 pages
Ingenuity Series: Ingenuity CT/Ingenuity Core/Ingenuity Core128/DEPMED
No ratings yet
Ingenuity Series: Ingenuity CT/Ingenuity Core/Ingenuity Core128/DEPMED
19 pages
DH-V Locking System
No ratings yet
DH-V Locking System
3 pages
Collimator Cart Adjustment
No ratings yet
Collimator Cart Adjustment
7 pages
DMR308480 Rev01 REP PDU Output Board Fuses Azurion
No ratings yet
DMR308480 Rev01 REP PDU Output Board Fuses Azurion
8 pages
DMR308487 Rev01 REP UPS Battery Pack Azurion
No ratings yet
DMR308487 Rev01 REP UPS Battery Pack Azurion
8 pages
Digitaldiagnost C50
No ratings yet
Digitaldiagnost C50
576 pages
DMR308488 Rev01 REP UPS Controller Azurion
No ratings yet
DMR308488 Rev01 REP UPS Controller Azurion
8 pages
Couch Safety Manual Rev A
No ratings yet
Couch Safety Manual Rev A
47 pages
Siemens Somatom Sensation 64 Tech Specs
No ratings yet
Siemens Somatom Sensation 64 Tech Specs
4 pages
Crash Course in Oral Radiology
100% (1)
Crash Course in Oral Radiology
66 pages
432 e
No ratings yet
432 e
404 pages
XIS - 6545 Rev C Final
No ratings yet
XIS - 6545 Rev C Final
2 pages
Distinction of X-Ray Among EMS's
No ratings yet
Distinction of X-Ray Among EMS's
2 pages
RT
No ratings yet
RT
21 pages
Quality and Quantity Yp
No ratings yet
Quality and Quantity Yp
44 pages
L5 L6 - Fundamental Principle of Exposure and Image Evaluation
No ratings yet
L5 L6 - Fundamental Principle of Exposure and Image Evaluation
21 pages
RD2014 DataSpecification
100% (1)
RD2014 DataSpecification
5 pages
Chapter 39 Patient Radiation Dose Management
No ratings yet
Chapter 39 Patient Radiation Dose Management
4 pages
X-Ray Imaging: Analog vs. Digital
No ratings yet
X-Ray Imaging: Analog vs. Digital
22 pages
Cardiac CT Imaging Diagnosis of Cardiovascular Disease Entire Volume Download
No ratings yet
Cardiac CT Imaging Diagnosis of Cardiovascular Disease Entire Volume Download
16 pages
ScopeX Precious Metal Analyzer
No ratings yet
ScopeX Precious Metal Analyzer
4 pages
Angell-CELV-101C User Manual (EN)
No ratings yet
Angell-CELV-101C User Manual (EN)
37 pages
Xw8400 Service and Technical Reference Guide - SM - 5555180-1EN - 1 - 2
No ratings yet
Xw8400 Service and Technical Reference Guide - SM - 5555180-1EN - 1 - 2
224 pages
Meynard c5
No ratings yet
Meynard c5
43 pages
MIL-STD-453 Xray Inspection
No ratings yet
MIL-STD-453 Xray Inspection
33 pages
X-Ray Generator Timers and Controls Explained
0% (1)
X-Ray Generator Timers and Controls Explained
2 pages
Mammography Solution: AMULET Innovality
No ratings yet
Mammography Solution: AMULET Innovality
5 pages
8.2 ASNT Radiographic Testing Level - II Questions and Answers
100% (6)
8.2 ASNT Radiographic Testing Level - II Questions and Answers
6 pages
Coaching - Ipe - JMDV
No ratings yet
Coaching - Ipe - JMDV
40 pages
Rtfi 1
100% (1)
Rtfi 1
33 pages
安影宠物彩页
No ratings yet
安影宠物彩页
19 pages
Rayos X Ekotron Epx-F2800 Manual de Servicio
No ratings yet
Rayos X Ekotron Epx-F2800 Manual de Servicio
74 pages
Egans - Review of Thoracic Imaging
No ratings yet
Egans - Review of Thoracic Imaging
28 pages
Retsulc 1 With Elaniot
No ratings yet
Retsulc 1 With Elaniot
24 pages
X-Ray Physics Questions and Answers
No ratings yet
X-Ray Physics Questions and Answers
8 pages
Hashima X-ray Machine Seminar Guide
No ratings yet
Hashima X-ray Machine Seminar Guide
22 pages
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry and Its Importance of Pharmaceutical Field
No ratings yet
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry and Its Importance of Pharmaceutical Field
9 pages
The Uses of Electromagnetic Waves
No ratings yet
The Uses of Electromagnetic Waves
6 pages